1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22164 57535 263192 607000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22164 57535
69 ;;;;;; 323192 607000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22164 57535
89 ;;;;;; 327192 607000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22164 57535
100 ;;;;;; 327192 607000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22221 37190 92505
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
156 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
157 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
158 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
159 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
216 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
217 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
219 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
220 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
222 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
223 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
224 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
225 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
226 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
228 Has a preference of looking backwards.
232 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
233 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
234 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
235 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
238 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
239 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
241 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22164 57534
246 ;;;;;; 115192 607000))
247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
249 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
250 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
251 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
252 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
253 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
254 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
255 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
256 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
257 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
258 interpreted as `error'.")
260 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
262 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
263 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
264 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
265 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
266 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
267 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
268 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
269 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
271 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
273 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
274 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
279 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
281 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
283 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
284 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
286 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
287 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
288 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
289 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
290 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
292 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
293 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
296 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
297 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
298 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
299 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
300 mapped to the closest extremal position).
302 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
303 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
304 the cache-id will clear the cache.
306 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
308 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
309 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
310 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
311 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
312 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
313 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
314 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
315 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
316 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
317 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
318 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
319 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
320 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
321 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
322 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
323 definition will always be cached for later usage.
325 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
327 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
328 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
329 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
331 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
332 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
335 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
336 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
337 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
338 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
339 see also `ad-add-advice'.
340 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
341 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
342 before/around/after-advices will be used.
343 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
344 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
345 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
346 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
347 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
348 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
350 Semantics of the various flags:
351 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
352 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
353 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
355 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
356 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
358 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
359 advised function should be compiled.
361 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
362 during activation until somebody enables it.
364 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
365 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
366 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
367 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
369 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
370 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
373 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
375 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
377 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22226 55133 144211 947000))
382 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
384 (autoload 'align "align" "\
385 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
386 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
387 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
388 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
389 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
390 rule's `separate' attribute).
392 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
393 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
394 `separate' attribute set.
396 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
397 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
398 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
399 on the format of these lists.
401 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
403 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
404 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
405 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
406 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
408 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
409 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
413 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
416 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
417 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
418 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
420 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
421 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
422 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
423 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
424 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
426 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
427 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
428 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
429 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
430 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
433 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
435 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
436 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
438 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
439 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
441 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
443 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
444 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
445 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
446 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
447 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
450 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
452 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
453 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
454 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
455 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
456 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
457 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
458 been used to align that section.
460 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
462 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
463 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
464 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
465 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
466 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
467 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
470 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
472 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
473 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
477 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
478 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22195 13277 771727 967000))
485 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
486 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
488 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
489 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
491 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
493 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
495 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
496 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
498 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
499 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
501 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
502 `allout-auto-activation'.
506 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
507 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
509 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
510 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
511 file variable `allout-layout'.
513 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
514 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
515 specified layout is applied.
517 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
518 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
520 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
523 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
525 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
527 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
531 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
533 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
543 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
547 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
551 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
553 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
559 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
560 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
564 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
565 Toggle Allout outline mode.
566 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
567 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
568 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
570 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
571 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
572 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
573 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
574 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
575 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
576 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
579 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
581 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
582 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
583 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
584 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
585 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
586 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
587 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
588 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
590 and many other features.
592 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
593 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
594 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
595 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
596 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
598 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
599 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
600 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
601 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
602 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
603 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
604 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
605 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
606 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
607 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
611 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
613 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
614 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
615 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
619 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
620 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
621 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
622 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
623 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
624 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
625 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
626 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
627 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
628 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
631 Topic Header Production:
632 -----------------------
633 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
634 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
635 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
637 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
638 ---------------------------------
639 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
640 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
641 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
643 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
644 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
645 are alternated according to nesting depth.
646 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
647 the offspring are not affected.
648 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
650 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
651 ----------------------------------
652 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
653 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
654 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
655 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
656 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
657 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
658 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
659 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
661 Topic-oriented Encryption:
662 -------------------------
663 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
664 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
668 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
669 and establish a default file-var setting
671 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
672 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
674 buffer with name derived from derived from that
675 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
676 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
677 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
678 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
680 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
681 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
686 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
687 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
688 pending encryption on save.
690 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
691 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
692 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
693 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
694 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
696 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
697 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
698 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
699 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
700 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
701 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
704 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
705 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
710 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
711 navigation and exposure control.
713 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
714 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
715 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
716 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
717 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
719 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
720 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
721 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
722 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
723 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
725 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
726 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
727 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
728 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
729 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
730 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
731 at the beginning of the current entry.
735 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
736 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
737 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
740 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
741 `allout-mode-off-hook'
742 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
743 `allout-structure-added-functions'
744 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
745 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
746 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
747 `allout-post-undo-hook'
751 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
753 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
754 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
755 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
757 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
758 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
759 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
761 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
764 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
765 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
768 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
770 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
772 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
774 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
776 Topic text constituents:
778 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
780 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
781 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
783 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
784 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
785 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
786 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
787 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
788 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
789 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
792 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
795 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
796 It can be customized by changing the setting of
797 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
799 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
800 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
801 program code without interfering with processing of the text
802 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
803 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
804 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
805 docstring for more detail.
807 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
808 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
809 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
810 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
811 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
812 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
813 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
814 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
815 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
816 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
817 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
820 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
821 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
823 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
824 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
826 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
827 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
828 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
832 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
834 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
835 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
837 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
838 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22164
845 ;;;;;; 57533 763192 607000))
846 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
847 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
849 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
850 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
852 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
854 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
856 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
857 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
859 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
862 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
863 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
865 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
866 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
867 you want allout widgets operation.
869 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
871 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
873 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
875 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
876 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
877 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
878 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
879 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
881 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
882 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
883 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
885 The graphics include:
887 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
889 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
890 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
892 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
893 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
895 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
896 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
897 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22164 57534 919192
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
907 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
909 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
910 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
911 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
912 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
913 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
914 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
916 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
921 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22164 57535 263192
927 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
929 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
930 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
931 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
932 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
933 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
934 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
935 in the current window.
937 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
939 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
940 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
941 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
942 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
943 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
944 buffer if one does not exist.
946 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
948 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
949 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
950 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
951 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
952 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
954 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22164 57533 771192
960 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
961 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
963 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
964 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
968 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
969 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
971 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
972 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
973 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
974 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
976 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
977 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
979 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
981 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22189
986 ;;;;;; 60739 45741 19000))
987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
988 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
990 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
991 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
992 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
993 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
994 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
997 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
998 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
999 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1002 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1003 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1004 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1005 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1009 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1010 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1014 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1015 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1016 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22220 16330 579423
1024 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1026 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1027 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1028 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1029 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1030 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1031 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1033 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1035 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1036 Toggle checking of appointments.
1037 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1038 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22164 57533 771192
1046 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1048 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1049 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1050 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1051 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1053 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1054 kind of objects to search.
1056 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1058 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1059 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1060 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1061 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1062 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1063 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1065 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1066 variables, not just user options.
1068 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1070 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1071 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1072 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1073 like `apropos-user-option'.
1075 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1077 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1079 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1080 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1081 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1082 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1083 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1084 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1086 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1087 noninteractive functions.
1089 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1090 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1092 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1093 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1095 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1097 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1098 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1100 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1102 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1103 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1104 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1105 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1107 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1108 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1109 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1110 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1112 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1113 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1115 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1117 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1119 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1120 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1121 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1122 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1123 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1127 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1128 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1129 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1130 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1131 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1132 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1134 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1135 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1136 names and values of properties.
1138 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1140 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1142 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1143 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1144 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1145 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1146 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1147 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1149 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1150 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1151 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1152 documentation strings.
1154 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1156 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22164 57533 775192
1162 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1164 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1165 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1166 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1167 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1168 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1169 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1171 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1172 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1175 \\{archive-mode-map}
1177 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22164 57533 775192 607000))
1182 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1184 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1185 Major mode for editing arrays.
1187 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1188 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1189 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1191 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1193 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1194 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1195 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1197 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1198 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1199 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1200 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1203 Variables you assign:
1204 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1205 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1206 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1207 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1208 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1209 row numbers in the buffer.
1211 Variables which are calculated:
1212 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1213 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1215 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1216 take a numeric prefix argument):
1218 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1219 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1220 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1221 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1223 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1224 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1225 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1226 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1233 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1234 between that of point and mark.
1236 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1237 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1239 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1240 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1241 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1242 newlines inside rows)
1244 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1246 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22164 57535
1253 ;;;;;; 795192 607000))
1254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1255 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1259 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1268 How to submit a bug report
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1448 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22164 57535
1460 ;;;;;; 331192 607000))
1461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1463 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1464 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1465 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1467 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1472 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1473 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1475 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1476 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1478 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (22221 37189
1488 ;;;;;; 844505 663000))
1489 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1491 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1492 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1493 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1496 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22164 57533 775192
1502 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1504 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1505 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1506 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1541 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1543 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1545 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1546 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1549 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1551 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1552 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1553 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1555 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22164 57535
1562 ;;;;;; 331192 607000))
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1565 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1566 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22195 13277 787727
1574 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1576 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1578 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1582 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1583 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1584 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1585 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1587 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1589 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1590 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1591 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1596 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1598 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1599 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1604 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1605 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" t)
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1614 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1616 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1618 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1620 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1621 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1622 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1624 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1625 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1626 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1627 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1628 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1630 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1632 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1634 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1635 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1636 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1637 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1638 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1640 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1641 directory or directories specified.
1643 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1644 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1645 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1646 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1647 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1648 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1650 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1652 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1653 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1654 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1655 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22189 60737 941741
1664 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1666 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1667 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1668 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1669 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1670 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1672 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1673 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1676 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1677 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1678 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1682 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1683 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1685 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1686 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1690 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1691 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1692 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1693 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1694 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1696 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1697 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1698 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1699 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1700 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1702 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1703 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1704 writing before you save the file!
1706 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1710 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1711 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1713 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1714 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1718 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1719 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1720 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1723 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1725 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1727 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1728 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1730 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1731 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1733 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1734 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1735 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1737 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1738 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1739 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1740 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1741 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1743 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1744 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1745 specifies in the mode line.
1747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22164 57533 775192 607000))
1752 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1754 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1755 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1756 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1757 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1758 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1760 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1762 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1763 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1764 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1765 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1767 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1768 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1769 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1771 Effects of the different modes:
1772 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1773 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1774 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1775 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1776 a random distance & direction.
1777 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1778 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1779 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1781 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1782 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1783 definition of \"random distance\".)
1785 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22164 57535
1790 ;;;;;; 331192 607000))
1791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1793 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1795 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1796 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1798 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1799 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1800 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22220 16330 563423
1810 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1811 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1813 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1814 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1815 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1816 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1820 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1821 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1822 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1825 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1827 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1829 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1830 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1835 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1836 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1837 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22164
1845 ;;;;;; 57534 119192 607000))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1848 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1849 Time execution of FORMS.
1850 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1851 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1853 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1854 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1855 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1857 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1859 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1861 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1862 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1863 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1864 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1865 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1867 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1869 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1871 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1872 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1873 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1874 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1875 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1877 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22164 57535
1882 ;;;;;; 799192 607000))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1885 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1886 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1887 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1888 of corresponding buffers.
1889 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1890 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1891 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1892 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1893 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1895 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1896 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1897 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1899 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1901 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1902 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1904 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1906 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1907 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1908 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1909 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1911 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1912 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1913 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1914 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1915 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1917 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1918 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1921 Special information:
1923 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1925 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1926 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1927 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1928 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1929 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1930 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1931 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1932 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1933 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1934 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1935 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1937 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1938 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1939 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1940 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1941 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1942 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1943 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1944 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1946 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1948 ----------------------------------------------------------
1949 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1950 if that value is non-nil.
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1957 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1958 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1959 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1960 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1961 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1962 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1963 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1964 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1965 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1966 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1967 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1969 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1974 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 795192 607000))
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1977 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1978 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22164 57534 803192
1986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1988 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1989 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1991 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1992 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1993 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1995 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22164 57535
2010 ;;;;;; 263192 607000))
2011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2013 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2015 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2019 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2020 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2021 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2022 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2023 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2028 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2029 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2032 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2035 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2036 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2038 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2039 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2041 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2042 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2043 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2044 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2045 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2046 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2050 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2052 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2053 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2054 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2055 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2057 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2058 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2059 denoted by the letter `R'.
2061 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2062 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2063 denoted by the letter `H'.
2065 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2068 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2069 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2070 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2071 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2072 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2073 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2076 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2077 degree deflection it causes.
2080 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2083 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2090 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2091 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2103 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2104 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2105 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2106 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2107 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2108 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2109 emerging from the box.
2111 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2118 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2122 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22164 57533 779192
2131 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2133 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2134 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2135 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2137 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2138 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2139 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2140 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2141 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2142 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2143 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2145 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2146 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2147 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2149 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2150 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2151 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2152 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2153 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2156 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2157 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2158 yank successive words.
2160 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2161 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2162 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2163 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2164 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2166 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2167 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2168 the list of bookmarks.)
2170 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2172 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2173 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2174 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2176 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2177 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2178 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2179 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2180 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2181 ever deletes the most recent one.
2183 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2184 is nil, raise an error.
2186 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2187 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2188 yank successive words.
2190 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2191 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2192 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2193 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2194 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2196 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2197 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2198 the list of bookmarks.)
2200 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2203 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2204 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2205 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2206 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2209 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2210 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2211 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2212 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2214 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2215 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2217 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2218 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2219 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2221 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2223 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2224 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2226 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2229 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2231 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2232 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2233 after a bookmark was set in it.
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2238 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2240 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2241 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2243 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2245 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2247 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2248 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2249 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2250 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2252 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2253 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2254 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2256 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2257 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2260 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2262 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2263 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2264 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2266 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2267 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2268 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2271 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2273 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2274 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2276 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2277 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2278 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2279 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2280 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2281 probably because we were called from there.
2283 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2285 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2286 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2290 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2292 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2293 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2294 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2295 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2298 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2299 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2300 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2301 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2302 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2304 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2305 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2306 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2307 `bookmark-default-file'.
2309 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2311 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2312 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2313 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2314 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2315 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2318 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2319 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2320 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2321 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2322 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2325 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2326 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2327 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2329 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2331 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2332 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2333 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2334 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2335 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2339 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2341 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2343 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2344 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2348 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2350 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22195 13278
2355 ;;;;;; 155727 967000))
2356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2358 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2359 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2360 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2361 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2363 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2364 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2365 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2366 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2367 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2369 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2371 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2372 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2373 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2374 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2375 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2376 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2378 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2382 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2383 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2386 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2389 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2396 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2398 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2400 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2401 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2402 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2403 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2404 first, if that exists.
2406 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2407 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2408 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2410 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2413 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2417 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2418 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2419 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2423 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2424 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2425 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2426 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2427 says which browser to use.
2431 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2432 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2433 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2434 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2436 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2438 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2439 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2440 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2441 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2443 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2444 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2445 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2446 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2449 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2450 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2459 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2460 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2461 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2462 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2464 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2465 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2466 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2467 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2469 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2470 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2471 new tab in an existing window instead.
2473 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2474 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2478 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2479 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2480 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2481 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2483 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2484 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2485 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2488 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2489 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2491 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2492 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2498 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2499 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2501 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2506 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2507 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2508 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2511 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2512 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2513 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2516 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2517 new tab in an existing window instead.
2519 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2520 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2529 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2531 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2533 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2534 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2538 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2539 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2546 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2551 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2552 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2553 program is invoked according to the variable
2554 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2556 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2557 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2558 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2559 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2561 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2562 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2566 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2570 Default to the URL around or before point.
2572 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2573 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2574 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2576 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2577 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2578 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2579 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2581 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2582 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2586 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2588 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2589 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2590 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2591 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2593 When called interactively, if variable
2594 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2595 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2596 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2597 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2599 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2600 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2601 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2603 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2604 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point.
2612 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2613 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2614 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2616 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2617 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2619 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2622 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2623 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2624 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2626 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2628 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2630 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2631 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2632 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2633 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2634 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2635 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2636 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2638 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2640 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2641 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2642 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2643 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2644 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2646 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2647 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2648 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2649 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2651 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2652 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2654 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2656 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2657 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2658 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2659 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2660 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2663 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2664 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2665 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2666 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2668 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2669 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2671 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2673 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2674 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2675 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2676 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2677 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2678 don't offer a form of remote control.
2680 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2682 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2683 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2684 Default to the URL around or before point.
2685 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2687 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around the point.
2693 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2694 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2696 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2697 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2699 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22164 57533 783192 607000))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2705 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2707 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2708 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2709 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2710 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2714 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2715 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2716 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2717 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2721 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2722 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2726 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2727 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2729 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2730 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2731 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2732 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2734 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2735 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2736 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2737 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2738 name of buffer configuration.
2744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22164 57535 263192
2746 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2748 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2750 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2751 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2752 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2753 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2754 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2755 columns on its right towards the left.
2757 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2758 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2759 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2760 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2767 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 331192 607000))
2768 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2770 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2772 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2773 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2775 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2776 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2780 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2781 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22195
2788 ;;;;;; 13277 943727 967000))
2789 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2790 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2791 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2792 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2794 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2797 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2798 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2799 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2800 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2801 else the global value will be modified.
2803 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2805 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2806 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2807 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2808 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2809 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2810 else the global value will be modified.
2812 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2814 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2815 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2816 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2818 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2820 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2821 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2822 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2823 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2825 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2826 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2827 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2828 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2829 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2832 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2833 that already has a `.elc' file.
2835 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2836 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2838 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2839 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2840 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2841 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2842 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2843 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2845 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2847 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2848 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2849 Print the result in the echo area.
2850 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2854 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2855 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2856 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2858 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2860 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2861 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2862 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2863 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2864 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2865 all functions called by those functions.
2867 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2868 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2869 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2871 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2872 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2873 invoked interactively.
2875 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2877 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2878 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2879 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2880 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2884 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2885 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2886 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2887 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2888 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2889 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2890 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2893 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2895 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2896 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2897 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2898 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2900 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2901 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2902 and corresponding effects.
2904 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22195
2909 ;;;;;; 13277 815727 967000))
2910 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2912 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22164 57533
2917 ;;;;;; 835192 607000))
2918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2920 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2922 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2924 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22164
2929 ;;;;;; 57533 839192 607000))
2930 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2932 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2933 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2934 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2935 from the cursor position.
2937 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22164 57533 823192 607000))
2942 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2943 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2945 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2946 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2951 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2953 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2955 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2956 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2958 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2960 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2961 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2962 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2963 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2965 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2967 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2968 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2969 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2970 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2972 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2974 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2975 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2976 This is most useful in the X window system.
2977 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2978 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2980 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2982 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2983 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2984 See calc-keypad for details.
2986 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2988 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2989 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2991 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2993 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2994 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2996 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2998 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2999 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3001 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3003 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3004 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3005 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3007 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3009 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3010 Define Calc function.
3012 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3013 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3014 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3016 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3017 actual Lisp function name.
3019 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3021 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3023 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22164 57533
3028 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
3029 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3031 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22164 57533 831192
3040 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3042 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3043 Run the Emacs calculator.
3044 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22195 13277
3051 ;;;;;; 823727 967000))
3052 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3054 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3055 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3056 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3057 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3058 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3059 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3061 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3062 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3063 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3064 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3065 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3066 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3067 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3068 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3071 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3072 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3074 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3075 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3076 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3077 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3078 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3079 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3081 Runs the following hooks:
3083 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3084 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3085 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3086 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3088 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22207 4296 604349
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3098 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3099 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3101 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3103 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3104 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3105 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3108 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" t)
3113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3115 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3116 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22164 57535
3123 ;;;;;; 387192 607000))
3124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3126 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3127 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3129 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3130 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3132 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3155 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3161 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3166 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3167 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3170 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3172 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3173 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3175 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3177 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3178 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3181 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3183 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3184 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3186 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3187 variables are guessed:
3189 * `c-basic-offset', and
3190 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3193 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3194 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3196 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3197 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3199 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3200 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3201 guess is made from scratch.
3203 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3204 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3206 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3208 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3209 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3210 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3211 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3213 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3214 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3215 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3217 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" t)
3222 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3224 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3225 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3226 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3227 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3228 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3229 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3230 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3232 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing C code.
3245 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3246 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3247 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3248 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3250 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3253 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3260 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3261 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3262 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3263 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3264 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3265 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3268 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3270 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3271 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3277 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3279 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3282 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3298 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing Java code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3301 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3315 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3317 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3318 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3319 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3320 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3321 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3322 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3325 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3327 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3328 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3334 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3337 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3338 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3339 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3340 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3341 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3342 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3345 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3347 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3348 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3354 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3355 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3358 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3360 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3361 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3362 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3363 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3364 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3365 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3367 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3369 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3370 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22164
3380 ;;;;;; 57535 395192 607000))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3383 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3384 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3385 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3386 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3388 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3390 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3391 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3394 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3395 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3396 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3397 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3400 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3401 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3402 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3403 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3406 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3408 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3409 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3410 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3411 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3413 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3415 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3416 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3417 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3419 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3421 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3422 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3423 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3424 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3425 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3427 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" t)
3432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3433 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3434 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3435 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22164 57534 739192
3441 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3443 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3444 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3446 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3448 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3449 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3451 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3453 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3454 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3456 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3457 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3458 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3459 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3462 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3464 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3466 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3467 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3469 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3470 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3474 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3475 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3476 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3477 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3478 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3481 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3482 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3483 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3484 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3486 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3487 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3490 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3492 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3494 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3497 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3498 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3500 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3501 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3502 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3505 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3507 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3508 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3509 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3511 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3513 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3515 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3517 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3518 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3519 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3520 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3521 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3522 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3524 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3526 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3530 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3532 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3534 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3535 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3538 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3539 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3542 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3544 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3545 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3546 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3547 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3548 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3549 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3550 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3551 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3552 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3553 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3554 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3555 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3556 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3557 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3558 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3559 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3562 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3563 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3565 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3566 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3568 | (write EXPRESSION)
3569 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3570 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3573 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3576 ;; Same as: (write string)
3578 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3579 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3580 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3583 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3584 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3585 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3586 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3587 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3588 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3590 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3591 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3593 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3596 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3597 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3598 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3600 ARG := REG | integer
3603 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3606 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3609 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3612 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3613 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3616 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3617 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3618 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3623 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3626 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3627 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3629 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3630 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3631 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3634 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3635 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3638 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3639 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3641 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3644 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3648 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3649 ;; Same meaning as C code
3650 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3652 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3657 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3658 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3661 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3662 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3666 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3670 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3671 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3672 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3673 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3675 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3676 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3677 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3678 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3680 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3681 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3682 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3685 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3686 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3687 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3689 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3690 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3691 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3693 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3694 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3696 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3697 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3698 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3701 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3702 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3703 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3704 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3706 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3707 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3710 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3712 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3714 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3715 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3716 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3717 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3718 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3719 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3721 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3723 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3724 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3725 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3727 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3729 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22164 57534
3734 ;;;;;; 135192 607000))
3735 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3737 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3738 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3739 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3740 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3742 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3744 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3746 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3747 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3749 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22164 57533 915192
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3756 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22164 57535
3761 ;;;;;; 399192 607000))
3762 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3763 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3765 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3766 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3767 There are no special keybindings by default.
3769 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3770 to the action header.
3774 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3775 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3776 There are no special keybindings by default.
3778 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3779 to the action header.
3783 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3784 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (22164
3791 ;;;;;; 57534 19192 607000))
3792 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3794 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3795 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3796 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3797 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3798 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3800 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3801 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3803 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3804 from which to start.
3806 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22164 57534
3811 ;;;;;; 135192 607000))
3812 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3813 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3818 ;;;;;; (22174 6972 464792 520000))
3819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3821 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3822 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3823 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3827 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3828 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3829 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22222
3836 ;;;;;; 58051 697213 356000))
3837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3838 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3839 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3840 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3841 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3842 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3843 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3844 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3845 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3846 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3849 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3852 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3853 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3856 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3857 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3858 the users will view as each check is completed.
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3863 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3864 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3865 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3866 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3867 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3868 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3869 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3871 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3873 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3874 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3875 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3876 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3877 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3878 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3879 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3880 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3882 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3884 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3885 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3886 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3887 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3888 spacing are all verified.
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3894 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3895 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3896 otherwise stop after the first error.
3898 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3903 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3906 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3907 Only documentation strings are checked.
3908 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3909 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3912 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3914 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3915 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3916 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3917 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3918 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3923 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3924 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3925 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3931 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3933 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3935 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3937 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3939 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3940 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3941 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3943 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3945 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3946 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3947 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3948 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3949 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3954 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3955 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3956 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3957 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3958 space at the end of each line.
3960 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3963 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3964 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3965 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3969 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3970 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3971 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3972 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3976 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3977 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3978 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3979 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3983 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3984 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3985 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3986 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3990 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3991 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3992 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3993 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3997 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3998 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3999 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4000 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4004 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4005 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4006 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4007 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4011 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4012 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4013 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4014 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4018 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4019 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4020 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4021 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4025 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4026 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4027 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4028 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4029 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4031 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4032 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4033 checking of documentation strings.
4035 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4039 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4040 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22164
4047 ;;;;;; 57534 767192 607000))
4048 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4050 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4051 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4052 Return the length of resulting text.
4054 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4056 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4057 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4061 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4062 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4063 Return the length of resulting text.
4065 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4067 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4068 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4072 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4077 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4080 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22164 57534 23192
4086 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4088 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4089 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4090 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4091 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4092 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4093 editing and the result is evaluated.
4095 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4097 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4098 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4099 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4100 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4101 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4103 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4107 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4108 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4109 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4110 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4111 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4113 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4114 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4115 \\{command-history-map}
4117 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4118 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22164
4125 ;;;;;; 57534 155192 607000))
4126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4128 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4129 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4130 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4131 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4132 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4133 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4134 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4137 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4138 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4139 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4142 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4143 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4145 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4146 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4147 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4148 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4149 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4150 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4151 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4152 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4153 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4154 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4155 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4156 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4158 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4159 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4160 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4162 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4163 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4164 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4167 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4169 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4171 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4173 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4174 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4176 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4177 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4179 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4180 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4181 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4182 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4183 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4184 value specified by their associated list element.
4186 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4188 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4189 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4190 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4192 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4193 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4194 * indent the first argument by 4.
4195 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4196 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4197 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4199 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4200 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4201 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4204 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22164 57534
4209 ;;;;;; 155192 607000))
4210 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4211 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4213 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4215 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4216 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4217 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4218 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4219 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4220 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4222 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4223 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22164 57535
4228 ;;;;;; 399192 607000))
4229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4231 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4232 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4233 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4234 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4236 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4237 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4238 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4239 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4241 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4242 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4244 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22164 57534 23192
4250 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4252 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4253 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4254 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4255 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4256 of `scheme-program-name').
4257 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4258 it is given as initial input.
4259 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4260 discards input when it starts up.
4261 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4263 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22164 57534 23192 607000))
4270 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4272 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4273 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4274 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4275 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4277 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4278 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4280 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4281 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4282 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4284 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22203 7237 314647 107000))
4289 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4291 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4292 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4293 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4294 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4295 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4296 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4297 functions have already modified the buffer.
4299 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4301 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4302 either globally or locally.")
4304 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4305 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4306 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4307 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4309 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4310 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4311 `start-file-process'
4312 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4313 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4314 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4316 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4317 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4319 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4321 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4323 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4325 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4326 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4327 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4328 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4329 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4330 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4331 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4332 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4333 process as its initial input.
4335 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4337 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4339 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4341 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4342 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4343 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4344 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4345 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4346 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4348 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4350 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4352 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4353 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4354 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4355 directory tracking functions.")
4357 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4358 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4359 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4361 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4363 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4365 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4366 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4367 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4369 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4371 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4373 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4374 Send COMMAND to current process.
4375 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4376 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4378 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4380 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4381 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4382 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4383 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4385 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22164 57535
4390 ;;;;;; 851192 607000))
4391 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4393 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4394 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4395 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4396 to get another window.
4398 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4399 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4401 This command pushes the mark in each window
4402 at the prior location of point in that window.
4403 If both windows display the same buffer,
4404 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4405 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4407 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4408 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4409 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4410 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4411 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4412 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4413 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4416 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4417 this command work in interlaced mode:
4418 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4419 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4420 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4422 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22164 57535
4427 ;;;;;; 419192 607000))
4428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4430 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4431 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4433 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4435 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4436 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4437 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4439 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4441 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4442 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4443 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4445 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4447 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4448 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4449 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4450 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4451 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4453 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4454 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4455 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4456 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4457 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4459 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4460 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4461 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4462 describing how the process finished.")
4464 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4465 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4466 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4467 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4468 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4470 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4471 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4472 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4474 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4476 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4477 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4478 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4479 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4481 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4483 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4484 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4486 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4487 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4489 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4491 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4492 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4493 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4494 (concat \"make -k \"
4495 (if buffer-file-name
4496 (shell-quote-argument
4497 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4499 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4500 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4502 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4503 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4504 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4505 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4507 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4509 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4510 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4511 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4512 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4514 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4515 and move to the source code that caused it.
4517 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4518 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4520 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4521 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4522 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4523 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4524 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4526 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4527 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4528 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4529 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4531 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4532 kills its subprocesses.
4534 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4535 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4536 to a function that generates a unique name.
4538 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4540 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4541 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4542 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4543 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4545 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4546 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4548 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4549 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4550 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4551 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4553 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4554 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4555 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4557 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4559 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4561 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4562 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4563 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4564 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4565 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4567 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4569 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4571 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4573 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4575 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4576 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4577 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4578 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4579 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4581 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4582 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4583 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4584 See `compilation-mode'.
4586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4588 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4589 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4591 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4592 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4594 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4595 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4600 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4601 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4602 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4604 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22164 57534 47192
4610 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4612 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4613 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4614 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4616 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4617 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4619 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4621 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4622 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4623 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4624 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4625 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22164
4632 ;;;;;; 57535 799192 607000))
4633 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4635 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4636 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4637 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4638 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4639 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4640 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4641 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4643 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4644 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4645 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4647 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4648 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4649 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4651 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4652 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4653 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4654 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4656 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4657 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4658 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4659 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4660 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4661 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4662 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4668 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4669 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4670 Comments start with `#'.
4671 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4673 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4683 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4684 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4685 Comments start with `;'.
4686 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4688 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4690 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4691 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4692 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4694 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4695 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4699 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4700 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4701 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4702 between `/*' and `*/'.
4703 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4705 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4706 // another kind of comment
4718 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4719 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4720 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4721 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4722 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4723 `conf-space-keywords'.
4724 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4725 in an interactive fashion instead.
4727 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4729 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4731 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4735 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4737 # Standard multimedia devices
4738 add /dev/audio desktop
4739 add /dev/mixer desktop
4743 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4744 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4745 See `conf-space-mode'.
4747 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4749 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4750 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4751 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4752 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4754 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4756 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4757 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4761 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4762 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4763 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4764 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4766 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4768 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4769 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4773 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4774 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4775 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4776 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4778 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22164 57535 263192
4789 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4791 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4792 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4793 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4794 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4795 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4796 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4798 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4800 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4801 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4802 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4803 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4805 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4807 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4808 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4809 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4810 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4812 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22164
4817 ;;;;;; 57534 163192 607000))
4818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4819 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4820 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4821 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4823 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4824 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4825 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4826 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4827 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4828 following the copyright are updated as well.
4829 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4832 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4834 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4835 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4836 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4837 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4838 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4842 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4843 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4845 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4847 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4848 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4849 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4851 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22164
4856 ;;;;;; 57535 427192 607000))
4857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4858 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4859 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4860 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4861 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4862 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4863 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4864 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4866 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4867 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4868 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4869 Tab indents for Perl code.
4870 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4871 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4873 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4874 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4875 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4876 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4877 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4878 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4879 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4880 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4881 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4882 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4883 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4884 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4886 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4888 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4889 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4891 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4893 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4894 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4895 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4896 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4897 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4898 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4899 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4900 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4901 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4903 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4907 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4908 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4909 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4912 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4913 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4914 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4916 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4918 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4919 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4920 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4921 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4922 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4924 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4934 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4935 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4936 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4937 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4938 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4939 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4940 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4941 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4942 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4943 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4944 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4945 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4946 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4948 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4949 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4950 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4951 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4952 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4953 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4955 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4956 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4959 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4960 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4961 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4962 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4963 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4965 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4966 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4967 span the needed amount of lines.
4969 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4970 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4971 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4972 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4974 Variables controlling indentation style:
4975 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4976 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4977 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4978 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4979 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4980 `cperl-auto-newline'
4981 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4982 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4983 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4984 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4985 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4986 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4987 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4988 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4989 `cperl-indent-level'
4990 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4991 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4992 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4993 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4994 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4995 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4996 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4997 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4998 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4999 `cperl-brace-offset'
5000 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5001 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5002 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5003 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5004 `cperl-label-offset'
5005 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5006 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5007 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5009 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5010 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5011 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5012 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5013 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5014 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5016 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5017 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5018 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5019 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5021 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5022 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5023 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5024 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5025 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5026 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5027 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5029 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5030 column 0 is indented on
5031 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5033 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5036 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5037 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5038 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5042 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5043 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5047 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5048 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22164 57535 431192
5056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5058 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5059 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5060 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5061 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5062 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5066 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5067 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22164 57534 163192
5075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5077 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5078 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5079 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5080 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5081 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5082 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5083 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5084 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5086 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5087 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5089 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5090 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5091 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5093 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5094 with empty strings removed.
5096 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22228 10440
5101 ;;;;;; 255428 995000))
5102 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5104 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5105 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5108 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5110 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5111 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22164 57534
5118 ;;;;;; 223192 607000))
5119 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5121 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5122 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5123 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5125 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5126 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5128 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5130 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5131 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5132 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5133 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5134 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5136 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5137 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5138 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5139 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5140 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5141 normal function of these prefix keys.
5143 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5144 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5146 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5147 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5148 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5150 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5151 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5152 the prefix fallback behavior.
5154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5156 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5157 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22164 57534
5164 ;;;;;; 223192 607000))
5165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5167 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5168 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5169 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5176 ;;;;;; (22174 6972 468792 520000))
5177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5179 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5180 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5182 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5184 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5185 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5186 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5187 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5188 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5189 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5190 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22164 57534 63192
5198 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5200 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5201 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5203 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5205 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5206 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5208 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5210 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5211 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5213 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5215 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5216 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5218 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5219 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5221 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5222 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5224 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5226 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5228 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5229 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5230 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5232 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5233 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5235 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5236 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5238 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5239 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5241 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5243 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5245 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5246 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5249 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5250 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5252 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5253 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5255 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5256 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5258 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5260 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5262 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5263 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5264 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5265 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5267 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5268 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5269 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5271 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5273 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5274 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5275 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5276 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5277 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5281 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5283 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5284 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5288 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5290 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5292 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5294 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5295 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5297 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5299 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5301 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5304 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5306 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5308 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5309 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5310 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5312 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5314 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5315 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5316 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5317 as part of Emacs itself.
5319 Each elements looks like this:
5321 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5323 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5324 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5325 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5326 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5327 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5328 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5329 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5332 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5334 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5335 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5336 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5337 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5338 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5340 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5341 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5342 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5343 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5345 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5347 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5349 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5350 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5351 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5354 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5355 that were added or redefined since that version.
5357 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5359 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5360 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5361 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5362 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5364 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5366 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5367 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5369 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5371 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5372 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5373 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5375 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5376 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5378 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5380 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5381 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5385 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5386 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5390 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5391 Customize all saved options and faces.
5395 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5396 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5397 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5398 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5399 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5400 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5402 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5403 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5404 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5406 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5408 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5409 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5411 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5413 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5414 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5416 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5418 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5419 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5421 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5423 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5424 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5425 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5426 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5430 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5431 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5432 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5433 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5434 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5436 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5438 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5440 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5441 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5442 The result includes selecting that window.
5443 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5444 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5445 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5448 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5450 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5451 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5453 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5455 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5456 File used for storing customization information.
5457 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5458 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5459 it should be an absolute file name.
5461 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5462 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5463 something like the following in your init file:
5465 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5468 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5469 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5471 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5472 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5473 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5474 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5475 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5477 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5478 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5479 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5480 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5481 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5482 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5483 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5484 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5485 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5486 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5488 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5490 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5491 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5495 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5496 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5500 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5501 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5502 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5504 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5506 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5507 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5508 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5509 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5510 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5512 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22164 57534 67192
5518 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5520 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5521 Create or edit a custom theme.
5522 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5523 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5524 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5525 from the Custom save file.
5526 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5527 named *Custom Theme*.
5529 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5531 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5532 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5536 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5537 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5541 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5542 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5543 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5544 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5546 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22164 57535
5551 ;;;;;; 851192 607000))
5552 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5554 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5555 Mode used for cvs status output.
5561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22164 57535 431192
5563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5564 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5566 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5567 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5569 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5571 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5572 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5573 C++ modes are included.
5575 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5576 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5577 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5581 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5583 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5584 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5585 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5587 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5588 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5590 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5592 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5593 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5594 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5595 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5596 ARG is omitted or nil.
5598 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5599 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5600 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22164
5607 ;;;;;; 57534 767192 607000))
5608 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5610 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5611 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5613 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5615 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5616 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5618 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5620 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5621 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5622 For readability, the table is slightly
5623 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5625 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5626 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5627 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5628 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5629 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5631 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22164 57534 67192 607000))
5636 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5637 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5638 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5639 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5640 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5642 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5643 Completion on current word.
5644 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5645 and presents suggestions for completion.
5647 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5648 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5651 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5652 then it searches *all* buffers.
5654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5656 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5657 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5659 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5660 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5661 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5662 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5663 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5665 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5666 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5668 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5669 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5670 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5672 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5673 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5675 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22164 57533
5682 ;;;;;; 927192 607000))
5683 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5685 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5686 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5688 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22164 57534 919192 607000))
5693 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5695 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5696 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5697 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5698 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5699 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22164 57535
5706 ;;;;;; 431192 607000))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5709 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5710 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5712 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5713 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5714 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5716 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5717 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5718 Data lines are not indented.
5723 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5725 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5726 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5727 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5728 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5730 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5733 Extra indentation within blocks.
5735 dcl-continuation-offset
5736 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5739 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5741 dcl-margin-label-offset
5742 Indentation for a label.
5744 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5745 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5747 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5748 dcl-block-end-regexp
5749 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5750 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5751 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5752 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5753 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5755 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5756 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5757 Two such functions are included in the package:
5758 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5759 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5761 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5762 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5763 One such function is included in the package:
5764 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5766 dcl-tab-always-indent
5767 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5768 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5771 dcl-electric-characters
5772 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5775 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5776 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5777 which words trigger electric indentation.
5780 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5781 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5782 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5784 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5785 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5786 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5787 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5789 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5790 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5791 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5792 dcl-imenu-label-call
5793 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5795 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5796 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5797 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5798 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5801 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5803 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5804 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5805 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5807 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5808 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5812 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5813 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5814 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5815 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5816 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5817 \"lined up with the command line\"
5819 Data lines are not indented at all.
5820 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5825 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5826 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22164 57534
5833 ;;;;;; 167192 607000))
5834 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5836 (setq debugger 'debug)
5838 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5839 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5840 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5843 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5844 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5845 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5847 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5849 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5850 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5852 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5854 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5855 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5856 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5857 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5858 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5859 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5861 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5862 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5864 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5866 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5867 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5868 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5869 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5870 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5872 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22164 57535
5877 ;;;;;; 267192 607000))
5878 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5880 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5881 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5885 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5886 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5887 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5888 Upper-case letters are commands.
5890 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5893 The most useful commands are:
5894 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5895 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5896 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5897 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5898 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5899 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22164 57534 71192
5907 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5908 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5910 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5911 Customization of `columns' group.
5915 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5916 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5918 START and END delimits the text region.
5920 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5922 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5923 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5925 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5927 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22164 57534 79192 607000))
5932 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5934 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5936 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5937 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5938 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5941 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5943 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5945 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5946 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5948 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5949 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5951 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5952 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5953 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5954 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5956 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5957 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22164 57534
5964 ;;;;;; 167192 607000))
5965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5967 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5968 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5970 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5972 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5973 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5974 or nil if there is no parent.
5975 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5976 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5977 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5978 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5979 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5981 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5982 arguments are currently understood:
5984 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5985 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5987 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5988 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5990 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5991 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5993 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5995 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5997 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5998 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5999 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6001 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6002 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6004 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6005 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6006 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6008 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6009 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6011 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6012 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6014 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6016 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6018 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6020 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
6022 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6023 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6024 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6025 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6026 the first time the mode is used.
6028 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22174 6972 424792
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6036 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6037 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6038 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6039 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6040 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6041 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6044 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6046 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6047 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6048 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6049 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6051 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6052 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6053 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6055 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6056 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6057 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6058 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6059 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6060 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6063 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6065 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6066 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6068 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6069 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6070 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6071 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6072 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6073 minibuffer window for width limit.
6075 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6076 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22195 13277 895727
6084 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6086 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6087 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6088 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6091 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6093 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6095 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6096 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6098 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6101 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6102 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6103 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6104 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6106 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6107 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6109 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6110 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6112 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6114 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6118 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6119 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6120 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6121 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6123 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6125 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6126 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6128 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6129 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6130 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6132 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6133 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6135 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6136 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6137 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6139 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6140 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6141 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6142 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6144 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6146 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6147 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6149 Handlers are called with argument list
6151 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6153 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6155 `desktop-file-version'
6156 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6157 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6158 `desktop-buffer-point'
6159 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6160 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6161 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6163 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6164 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6166 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6169 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6171 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6172 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6174 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6175 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6176 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6178 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6180 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6181 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6182 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6183 List elements must have the form
6185 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6187 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6190 Handlers are called with argument list
6192 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6194 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6196 `desktop-file-version'
6197 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6198 `desktop-buffer-name'
6199 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6200 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6201 `desktop-buffer-point'
6202 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6203 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6204 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6206 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6207 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6210 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6213 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6215 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6216 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6218 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6219 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6220 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6222 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6224 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6226 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6228 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6229 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6230 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6231 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6232 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6237 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6238 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6239 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6240 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6241 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6242 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6243 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6244 do not rewrite the file.
6246 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6247 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6248 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6249 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6250 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6253 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6254 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6255 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6256 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6257 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6258 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6259 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6260 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6261 without further confirmation.
6263 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6265 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6266 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6267 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6271 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6272 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6273 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6274 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6275 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6276 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6277 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6278 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6280 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6282 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6283 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6284 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6288 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6290 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6291 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6292 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6293 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6296 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6298 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6299 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6303 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6304 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22164 57534
6311 ;;;;;; 447192 607000))
6312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6314 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6315 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6316 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6317 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6318 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6319 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6321 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6323 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6324 Repair a broken attribution line.
6325 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6327 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6329 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6330 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6331 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6332 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6334 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6336 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6337 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22195
6344 ;;;;;; 13277 891727 967000))
6345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6347 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6348 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6349 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6350 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6351 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6355 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6356 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6357 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6358 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6360 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6361 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6362 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6363 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6365 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6366 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6368 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6369 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6370 calendar-date-style \\='european
6371 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6373 \(diary-mail-entries)
6375 # diary-rem.el ends here
6377 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6379 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6380 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22164 57535 851192 607000))
6387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6389 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6390 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6392 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6394 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6395 The command to use to run diff.")
6397 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6399 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6400 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6401 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6402 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6403 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6404 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6406 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6407 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6408 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6410 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6412 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6413 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6414 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6415 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6416 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6417 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6419 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6421 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6422 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6426 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6427 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6428 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6430 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22164 57535
6435 ;;;;;; 851192 607000))
6436 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6438 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6439 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6440 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6443 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6444 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6445 headers for you on-the-fly.
6447 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6448 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6449 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6455 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6456 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6457 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6458 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6459 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6461 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22164 57534 919192 607000))
6468 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6470 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6471 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6472 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6474 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22174 6972 440792 520000))
6479 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6481 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6482 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6483 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6484 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6485 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6486 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6487 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6488 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6490 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6492 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6493 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6494 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6495 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6496 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6497 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6499 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6500 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6501 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6502 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6504 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6505 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6507 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6508 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6509 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6510 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6511 listing have no effect.
6513 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6514 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6515 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6517 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6519 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6520 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6522 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6523 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6525 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6526 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6528 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6529 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6531 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6533 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6534 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6536 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6538 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6539 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6540 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6541 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6542 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6543 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6544 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6545 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6546 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6547 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6548 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6549 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6550 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6551 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6552 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6553 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6554 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6555 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6556 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6557 to see why something went wrong.
6558 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6559 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6560 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6561 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6562 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6563 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6564 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6565 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6566 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6567 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6568 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6569 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6570 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6572 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6573 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6574 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6575 again for the directory tree.
6577 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6580 `dired-listing-switches'
6581 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6584 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6585 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6586 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6587 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6589 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6591 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6592 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6599 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6600 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22164 57534 103192
6606 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6608 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6609 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6610 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6611 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6612 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6614 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6615 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6616 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6618 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6619 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6624 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6625 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6626 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6627 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6628 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6629 from `default-directory'.
6631 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22164 57534
6636 ;;;;;; 167192 607000))
6637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6639 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6640 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6641 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6642 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6643 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6644 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6646 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22164 57534 103192
6652 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6654 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6655 Return a new, empty display table.
6659 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6660 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6661 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6662 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6663 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6665 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6667 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6668 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6669 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6670 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6671 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6673 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6675 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6676 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6680 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6681 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6685 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6686 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6688 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6689 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6691 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6692 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6695 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6696 in the default way after this call.
6700 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6701 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6705 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6706 Display character C using printable string S.
6710 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6711 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6712 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6713 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6715 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6717 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6718 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6719 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6722 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6724 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6725 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6727 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6729 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6730 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6732 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6734 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6735 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6737 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6739 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6740 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6742 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6744 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6745 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6747 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6749 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6750 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6752 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6753 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6755 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6756 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6758 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6759 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6760 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6761 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6763 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6764 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6765 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22164 57535
6773 ;;;;;; 267192 607000))
6774 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6776 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6777 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6778 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6779 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6780 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6781 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6782 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22164 57534 103192 607000))
6790 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6792 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6793 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6794 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6795 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6796 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6797 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6799 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6800 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6801 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6802 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6803 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6805 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22164 57535
6810 ;;;;;; 799192 607000))
6811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6813 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6814 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6815 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6816 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6817 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6818 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6819 table and its own syntax table.
6821 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6824 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6826 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6827 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22220 16330 635423
6835 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6837 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6838 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6839 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6840 OpenDocument format).
6842 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6844 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6845 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6847 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6848 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6850 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6851 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6852 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6856 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6857 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6858 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6859 to the next best mode.
6863 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6864 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6865 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6866 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6867 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6869 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6873 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22164 57535 267192
6882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6884 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6885 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22164 57534 107192 607000))
6892 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6894 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6895 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6896 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6897 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6898 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6900 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6901 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22164 57535 295192
6909 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6910 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6912 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6913 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22211
6920 ;;;;;; 1352 168084 927000))
6921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6923 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6925 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6926 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6927 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6928 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6929 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6931 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6932 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6933 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6934 and disables it otherwise.
6936 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6937 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6938 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6939 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6941 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6942 documenting what its argument does.
6944 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6945 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6946 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6947 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6948 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6949 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6950 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6951 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6953 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6954 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6955 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6956 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6957 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6958 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6959 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6960 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6961 the minor mode is global):
6963 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6964 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6965 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6966 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6967 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6968 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6969 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6970 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6971 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6972 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6973 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6974 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6975 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6976 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6977 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6978 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6979 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6980 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6981 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6982 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6985 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6986 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6988 For example, you could write
6989 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6990 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
6993 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6995 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6997 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6999 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7001 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7002 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7003 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7004 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7005 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7006 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7007 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7008 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7009 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7010 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7011 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7012 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7014 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7015 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7016 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7017 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7018 call another major mode in their body.
7020 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7021 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7022 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7024 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7026 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7028 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7029 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7030 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7031 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7032 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7033 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7034 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7036 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7038 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7039 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7040 :inherit Parent keymap.
7042 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7043 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7045 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7047 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7048 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7049 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7050 the constant's documentation.
7052 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7054 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7055 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7056 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7058 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22164
7063 ;;;;;; 57534 175192 607000))
7064 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7066 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7067 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7068 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7069 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7071 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7072 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7073 as a top-level menu bar item.
7075 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7076 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7080 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7081 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7082 items to actually display.
7085 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7086 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7087 alias for `:visible'.
7090 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7091 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7092 an alias for `:active'.
7094 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7095 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7097 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7099 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7101 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7102 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7104 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7105 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7107 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7109 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7111 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7112 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7115 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7116 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7117 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7118 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7121 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7122 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7123 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7124 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7127 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7128 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7129 alias for `:active'.
7132 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7133 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7137 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7138 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7141 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7142 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7145 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7146 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7147 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7150 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7151 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7154 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7156 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7157 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7158 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7160 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7161 MENU. This is a submenu.
7163 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7165 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7167 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7170 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7172 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7173 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7174 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7175 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7177 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7179 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7180 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7181 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7182 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7183 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7184 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7186 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7187 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7188 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7190 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7191 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7192 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7194 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7195 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7197 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22164 57535
7202 ;;;;;; 443192 607000))
7203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7204 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7206 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7207 Customization for ebnf group.
7211 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7212 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7214 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7216 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7219 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7221 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7226 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7227 killed after process termination.
7229 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7231 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7233 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7234 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7236 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7237 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7240 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7241 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7242 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7243 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7245 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7247 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7248 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7249 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7251 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7256 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7258 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7261 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7263 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7268 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7269 killed after process termination.
7271 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7273 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7277 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7278 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7280 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7284 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7285 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7286 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7288 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7290 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7292 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7293 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7295 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7297 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7300 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7302 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7304 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7305 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7307 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7308 killed after EPS generation.
7310 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7312 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7314 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7315 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7317 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7318 The EPS file name has the following form:
7320 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7322 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7323 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7325 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7326 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7327 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7328 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7329 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7331 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7336 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7337 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7339 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7340 The EPS file name has the following form:
7342 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7344 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7345 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7347 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7348 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7349 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7350 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7351 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7353 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7356 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7358 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7360 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7361 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7363 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7365 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7368 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7370 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7372 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7373 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7375 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7376 killed after syntax checking.
7378 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7380 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7382 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7383 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7387 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7388 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7390 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7392 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7393 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7397 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7398 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7400 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7404 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7405 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7407 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7409 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7411 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7414 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7418 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7419 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7421 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7423 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7425 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7426 Set STYLE as the current style.
7428 Returns the old style symbol.
7430 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7434 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7435 Reset current style.
7437 Returns the old style symbol.
7439 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7441 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7444 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7446 Returns the old style symbol.
7448 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7450 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7452 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7454 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7455 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7457 Returns the old style symbol.
7459 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7461 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22164 57535
7468 ;;;;;; 443192 607000))
7469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7471 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7472 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7473 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7474 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7475 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7476 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7478 Tree mode key bindings:
7479 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7483 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7484 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7488 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7489 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7493 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7494 View declaration of member at point.
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7499 Find declaration of member at point.
7503 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7504 View definition of member at point.
7508 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7509 Find definition of member at point.
7513 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7514 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7519 View definition of member at point in other window.
7523 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7524 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7529 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7534 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7538 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7539 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7543 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7544 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7545 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7546 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7549 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7552 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7553 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7554 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7556 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7558 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7559 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7560 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7561 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7563 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7565 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7566 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7567 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7569 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7571 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7572 Search for call sites of a member.
7573 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7574 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7575 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7576 looks like a function call to the member.
7578 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7580 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7581 Move backward in the position stack.
7582 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7586 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7587 Move forward in the position stack.
7588 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7592 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7593 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7597 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7598 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7602 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7603 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7604 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7605 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7607 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7609 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7610 Display statistics for a class tree.
7616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22164 57534 107192
7618 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7620 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7621 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7622 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7623 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7624 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7625 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7626 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7628 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7630 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7631 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7632 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7633 also has this effect.
7634 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7635 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7636 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7637 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7638 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7639 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7640 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7641 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7642 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7643 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22164 57534 107192
7651 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7653 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7654 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7655 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7657 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (22221 37189 868505
7663 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
7665 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22195 13277 895727 967000))
7673 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7674 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7676 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7677 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7678 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7680 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7681 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7683 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7685 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7686 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7688 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7689 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7691 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7692 an EDE controlled project.
7694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22195 13277
7699 ;;;;;; 947727 967000))
7700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7702 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7703 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7704 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7705 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7706 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7708 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7709 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7710 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7711 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7713 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7715 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7716 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7717 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7718 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7720 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7722 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7723 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7724 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7725 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7727 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7729 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7731 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7732 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7733 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7734 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7735 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7737 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7738 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7739 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7740 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7741 instrumented for Edebug.
7743 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7744 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7745 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7746 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7751 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7752 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7756 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7757 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22220 16330 915423 271000))
7764 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7765 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7767 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7768 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7770 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7772 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7775 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7777 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7779 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7781 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7782 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7783 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7784 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7788 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7789 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7790 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7791 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7795 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7796 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7798 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7800 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7805 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7807 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7809 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7811 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7812 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7814 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7816 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7818 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7819 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7820 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7821 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7823 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7825 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7827 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7828 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7829 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7830 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7832 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7834 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7836 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7837 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7838 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7839 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7841 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7843 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7845 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7846 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7847 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7848 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7849 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7850 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7852 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7854 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7855 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7856 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7857 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7859 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7861 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7863 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7864 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7865 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7866 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7868 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7870 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7872 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7875 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7876 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7878 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7879 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7881 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7883 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7884 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7885 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7887 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7888 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7890 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7893 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7894 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7895 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7896 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7898 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7900 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7901 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7902 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7903 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7904 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7905 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7907 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7909 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7911 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7912 Merge two files without ancestor.
7914 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7916 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7917 Merge two files with ancestor.
7919 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7921 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7923 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7924 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7926 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7928 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7929 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7931 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7933 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7934 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7935 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7938 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7940 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7941 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7942 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7945 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7948 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7949 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7950 and don't ask the user.
7951 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7952 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7954 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7956 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7957 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7958 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7959 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7960 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7961 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7962 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7963 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7965 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7967 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7969 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7971 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7972 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7973 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7974 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7975 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7977 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7979 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7981 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7982 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7983 When called interactively, displays the version.
7987 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7988 Display Ediff's manual.
7989 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7991 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7993 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7998 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8003 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8008 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8013 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8018 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8023 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8028 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22164 57535
8036 ;;;;;; 851192 607000))
8037 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8039 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22195 13278
8047 ;;;;;; 467727 967000))
8048 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8050 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8051 Display Ediff's registry.
8055 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22220 16330
8060 ;;;;;; 911423 271000))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8063 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8064 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8065 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8070 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8071 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8072 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8073 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22164 57534 107192
8081 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8082 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8084 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8085 Edit a keyboard macro.
8086 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8087 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8088 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8090 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8092 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8094 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8095 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8097 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8099 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8100 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8102 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8104 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8105 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8106 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8107 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8108 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8109 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8111 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8112 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8113 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8114 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8116 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8118 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8119 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8120 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8121 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8122 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8123 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8125 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22211 1352 172084
8131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8133 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8135 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8136 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8138 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8140 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8141 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22164 57534 111192 607000))
8148 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8150 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8151 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8152 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8153 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8154 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8155 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8156 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8158 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8159 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8161 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8162 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8163 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8164 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8166 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8167 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8168 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8170 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8171 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8172 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8174 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8176 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8179 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22164 57534
8184 ;;;;;; 179192 607000))
8185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8186 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22164
8191 ;;;;;; 57534 179192 607000))
8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8193 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8195 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8196 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8197 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8198 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8199 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8200 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8201 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8203 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22164 57534 111192
8209 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8211 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8212 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8214 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8215 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8216 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8218 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8220 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8221 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8222 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8223 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8224 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8225 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8227 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8229 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8230 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8232 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8233 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8235 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8236 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8237 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8238 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8242 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8243 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8245 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22164 57534 111192
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8253 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8254 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8256 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8257 an elided material again.
8259 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22164 57534
8266 ;;;;;; 179192 607000))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8269 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8274 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8275 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8276 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8278 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8280 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8281 Lint the current buffer.
8282 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8286 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8287 Lint the function at point.
8288 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8292 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8294 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8295 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8297 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22164 57534 183192
8303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8305 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8306 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8307 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8309 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8311 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8312 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8313 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8314 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8316 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8318 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8319 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8320 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8322 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8324 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8326 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8327 Display current profiling results.
8328 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8329 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22164 57534 215192
8338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8340 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8341 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8342 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8343 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8344 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8345 ARG is omitted or nil.
8347 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8348 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8349 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8352 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8354 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8355 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8356 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8358 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22164 57534
8365 ;;;;;; 803192 607000))
8366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8368 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8369 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8370 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8372 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8374 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21953 58033 507058
8380 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8382 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8383 Run Emerge on two files.
8385 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8387 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8388 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8390 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8392 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8393 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8395 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8397 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8398 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8400 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8407 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8412 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8415 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8417 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8420 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8422 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8423 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8425 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8427 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8428 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8430 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8435 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22164 57535
8440 ;;;;;; 799192 607000))
8441 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8443 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8444 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8445 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8446 text/enriched format.
8448 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8449 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8450 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8452 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8454 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8455 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8459 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8463 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8466 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8468 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8471 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22164 57534 243192 607000))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8478 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8479 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8481 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8484 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8486 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8488 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8489 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8490 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8491 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8492 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8493 the keys are listed.
8494 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8496 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8499 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8500 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8502 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8504 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8509 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8510 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8512 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8514 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8515 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8517 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8520 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8522 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8523 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8524 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8525 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8527 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8528 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8529 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8530 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8531 should consider using the string based counterpart
8532 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8533 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8537 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8538 (decode-coding-string
8539 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8542 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8545 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8547 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8548 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8552 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8554 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8555 Verify the current region between START and END.
8557 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8558 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8559 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8560 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8561 should consider using the string based counterpart
8562 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8563 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8567 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8568 (decode-coding-string
8569 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8572 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8574 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8576 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8577 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8578 between START and END.
8580 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8581 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8583 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8585 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8587 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8588 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8590 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8591 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8592 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8593 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8594 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8595 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8599 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8602 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8604 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8606 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8608 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8609 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8611 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8612 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8613 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8614 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8615 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8616 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8620 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8623 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8626 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8628 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8630 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8631 Delete selected KEYS.
8633 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8635 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8636 Import keys from FILE.
8640 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8641 Import keys from the region.
8643 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8645 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8646 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8647 between START and END.
8649 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8651 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8652 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8654 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8656 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8657 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22164 57534 239192
8665 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8667 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8668 Decrypt marked files.
8672 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8673 Verify marked files.
8677 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8682 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8683 Encrypt marked files.
8689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22164 57534 239192
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8693 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8696 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8698 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8703 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22164 57534 243192
8712 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8714 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8715 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8717 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8718 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8722 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8723 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8724 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8728 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8730 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8731 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8732 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8736 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8738 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8739 Sign the current buffer.
8740 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8742 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8744 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8746 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8747 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8748 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8749 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8750 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8751 and also whether and how to sign.
8753 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8754 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8755 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8757 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8759 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8761 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8762 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8763 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8767 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8769 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8770 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8771 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8774 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8776 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8778 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8779 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8780 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8781 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8782 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22220 16330 703423 271000))
8789 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8790 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8792 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8793 Return a context object.
8795 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22220 16330 671423
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8803 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8804 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8805 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8806 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8808 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8809 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8810 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8811 entry until the version requirement is met.
8813 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8815 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8816 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8820 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8822 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8823 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8825 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8827 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8828 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8830 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22203 7237 350647 107000))
8835 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8836 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8838 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8839 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8843 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8844 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8845 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8847 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8849 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8850 (server (erc-compute-server))
8851 (port (erc-compute-port))
8852 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8854 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8856 That is, if called with
8858 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8860 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8861 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8862 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8864 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8866 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8868 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8869 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8870 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8872 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8874 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8875 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8876 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8877 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8879 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22164
8884 ;;;;;; 57534 255192 607000))
8885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22195 13277
8891 ;;;;;; 979727 967000))
8892 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8893 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22164 57534
8898 ;;;;;; 255192 607000))
8899 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8900 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22164 57534
8905 ;;;;;; 255192 607000))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8907 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22164 57534 255192
8913 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8914 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8916 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8917 Parser for /dcc command.
8918 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8919 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8920 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8922 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8924 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8925 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8929 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8930 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8932 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8933 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8934 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8937 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8942 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 255192 607000))
8943 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8944 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22164
8949 ;;;;;; 57534 255192 607000))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8952 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8953 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8955 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8957 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8958 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8959 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8960 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8962 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8964 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8967 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8969 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8970 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8972 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8974 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8975 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8977 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8979 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8980 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8982 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8984 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8985 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8987 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8989 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8990 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8992 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8994 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8995 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8997 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8999 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9000 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9004 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9005 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22164 57534 255192
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9014 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9016 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9017 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9018 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22164 57534
9025 ;;;;;; 255192 607000))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9027 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9029 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9030 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9031 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9032 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9033 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9034 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9037 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9039 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9042 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22164 57534
9047 ;;;;;; 259192 607000))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9050 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22164 57534 259192
9059 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9060 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22164 57534 259192
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9067 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22164 57534 259192
9073 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9074 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9076 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9077 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9078 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9079 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9080 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9081 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9083 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9085 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9086 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9087 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9088 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9090 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9091 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9094 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9095 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9097 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22164 57534
9102 ;;;;;; 259192 607000))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9104 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9106 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9107 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9111 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9112 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9116 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9117 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9121 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9122 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9126 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9127 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9131 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9132 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9136 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9137 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9141 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9142 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22164 57534 259192
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22164
9156 ;;;;;; 57534 259192 607000))
9157 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9158 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9160 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22195
9168 ;;;;;; 13277 983727 967000))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9171 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9172 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9173 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9174 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9178 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9179 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22164 57534
9186 ;;;;;; 263192 607000))
9187 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9188 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9190 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9191 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9192 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9193 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9195 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9197 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22164 57534 263192
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9207 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22195
9212 ;;;;;; 13277 983727 967000))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22164 57534
9219 ;;;;;; 263192 607000))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9221 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22164 57534 263192
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9228 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22164
9233 ;;;;;; 57534 263192 607000))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9237 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9238 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9242 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9243 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9244 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9246 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22164 57534
9251 ;;;;;; 263192 607000))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22164
9258 ;;;;;; 57534 267192 607000))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9262 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9263 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22164
9270 ;;;;;; 57534 271192 607000))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9272 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22164 57534
9277 ;;;;;; 271192 607000))
9278 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9279 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22195 13277
9284 ;;;;;; 983727 967000))
9285 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9287 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9288 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9289 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9291 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9293 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9294 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9296 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9297 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9299 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9300 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9301 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9302 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9305 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22164
9310 ;;;;;; 57534 275192 607000))
9311 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9312 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9314 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9315 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9316 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9317 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9319 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9321 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9322 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9323 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22164 57534 275192
9331 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9332 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9334 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9335 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22189 60738 153741
9343 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9345 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9346 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9348 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9349 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9351 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9352 useful for assertions in BODY.
9354 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9356 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9357 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9358 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9360 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9362 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9364 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9366 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9368 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9370 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9371 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9373 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9374 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9375 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9376 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9378 Returns the stats object.
9380 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9382 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9383 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9385 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9386 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9387 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9390 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9392 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9393 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9395 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9396 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9397 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9398 and how to display message.
9400 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9402 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9404 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9405 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9407 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22220 16330
9412 ;;;;;; 639423 271000))
9413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9415 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9417 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9418 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22220 16330
9425 ;;;;;; 707423 271000))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9428 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9429 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22220 16330 707423
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9438 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9440 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9441 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9442 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9443 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9444 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9445 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9446 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9447 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9448 buffer selected (or created).
9450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9452 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9453 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9454 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9456 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9458 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9459 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9460 The result might be any Lisp object.
9461 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9462 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9463 corresponding to a successful execution.
9465 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9467 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22189 60739 125741
9473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9475 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9476 File name of tags table.
9477 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9478 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9479 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9480 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9481 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9483 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9484 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9485 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9486 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9488 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9490 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9491 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9492 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9493 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9494 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9495 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9497 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9499 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9500 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9501 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9503 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9505 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9506 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9507 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9508 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9509 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9511 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9513 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9514 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9515 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9516 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9518 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9520 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9521 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9522 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9523 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9524 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9526 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9528 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9529 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9533 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9534 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9535 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9536 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9538 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9539 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9540 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9541 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9542 file the tag was in.
9544 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9546 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9547 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9548 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9549 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9550 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9551 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9552 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9553 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9554 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9556 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9558 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9559 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9560 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9561 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9562 without directory names.
9566 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9570 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9571 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9574 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9576 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9577 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9578 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9579 but does not select the buffer.
9580 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9582 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9583 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9584 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9585 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9586 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9588 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9590 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9591 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9592 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9594 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9596 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9598 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9599 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9600 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9601 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9603 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9604 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9605 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9606 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9607 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9609 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9611 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9612 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9613 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9615 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9617 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9619 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9621 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9622 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9623 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9624 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9625 around or before point.
9627 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9628 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9629 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9630 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9631 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9633 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9635 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9636 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9637 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9639 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9641 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9643 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9647 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9648 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9649 around or before point.
9651 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9652 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9653 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9654 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9655 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9657 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9659 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9660 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9661 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9663 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9665 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9667 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9669 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9670 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9671 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9673 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9674 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9675 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9676 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9677 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9679 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9681 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9682 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9683 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9685 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9687 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9689 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9691 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9693 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9694 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9696 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9697 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9698 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9700 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9701 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9703 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9704 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9706 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9708 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9709 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9710 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9711 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9713 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9714 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9715 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9716 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9717 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9719 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9721 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9722 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9723 Stops when a match is found.
9724 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9726 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9727 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9728 restricted to these files.
9730 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9732 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9734 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9735 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9736 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9737 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9738 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9739 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9740 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9741 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9743 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9744 produce the list of files to search.
9746 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9748 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9750 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9751 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9752 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9753 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9754 directory specification.
9756 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9758 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9759 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9761 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9763 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9765 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9766 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9767 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9768 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9772 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9773 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9774 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9775 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9776 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9780 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22164
9788 ;;;;;; 57534 767192 607000))
9789 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9791 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9796 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9797 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9799 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9800 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9802 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9803 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9806 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9807 even if the buffer is read-only.
9809 See also the descriptions of the variables
9810 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9812 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9814 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9815 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9817 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9818 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9820 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9821 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9824 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9825 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9827 See also the descriptions of the variables
9828 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9830 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9832 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9833 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9834 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9835 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9837 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9839 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9840 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9841 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9842 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9844 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9845 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9848 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9849 buffer is read-only.
9851 See also the descriptions of the variables
9852 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9853 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9855 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9857 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9858 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9860 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9861 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9863 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9864 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9865 the primary language.
9867 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9868 buffer is read-only.
9870 See also the descriptions of the variables
9871 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9872 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9874 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9876 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9877 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9878 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9880 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9882 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9883 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9887 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9888 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9890 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9891 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9894 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9895 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9896 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9898 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9900 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9902 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9903 This function is deprecated.
9907 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9908 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9912 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9913 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9917 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9918 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9920 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9921 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9923 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9924 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9928 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9929 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9933 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9934 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9938 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9939 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9943 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9944 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9945 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9949 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9952 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22164 57534 923192 607000))
9957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9959 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9960 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9961 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9962 server for future sessions.
9964 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9966 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9967 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9968 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9970 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9972 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9973 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9974 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9976 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9978 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9979 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9980 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9981 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9982 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9983 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9984 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9985 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9986 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9987 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9988 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9989 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9991 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9993 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9994 Display a form to query the directory server.
9995 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9996 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9998 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10000 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10001 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10002 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10006 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22164 57534 923192
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10014 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10015 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10017 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10019 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10020 Display URL and make it clickable.
10022 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10024 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10025 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10027 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10029 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10030 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10032 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10034 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10035 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10037 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10039 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10040 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10042 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22164 57534
10047 ;;;;;; 923192 607000))
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10050 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10051 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10052 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10056 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10057 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22164
10064 ;;;;;; 57534 923192 607000))
10065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10067 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10068 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22164 57534 183192
10076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10078 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10079 Create an empty ewoc.
10081 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10083 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10084 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10085 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10086 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10087 `insert-before-markers'.
10089 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10090 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10091 respectively, of the ewoc.
10093 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10094 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10095 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10097 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" t)
10102 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10104 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10105 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10106 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10107 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10108 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10110 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10112 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10113 Fetch URL and render the page.
10114 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10115 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10118 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10120 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10121 Render FILE using EWW.
10125 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10126 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10127 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10129 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10131 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10132 Mode for browsing the web.
10136 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10139 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10141 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10142 Display the bookmarks.
10148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22164
10149 ;;;;;; 57535 451192 607000))
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10152 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10153 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10154 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10156 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10158 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10159 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10160 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10161 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10162 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10164 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10166 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10167 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10168 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10169 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10170 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10173 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10175 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10176 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10177 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22164 57534 303192 607000))
10185 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10187 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10188 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10189 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10190 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10192 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10194 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10195 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10196 to generate such functions.
10198 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10199 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10200 beginning of the expanded text.
10202 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10203 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10204 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10205 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10207 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10209 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10211 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10212 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10213 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10217 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10218 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10219 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10223 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10224 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10225 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10228 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10229 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22164 57535 451192
10235 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10237 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10238 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10239 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10241 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10242 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10243 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10245 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10250 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10253 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10255 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10257 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10258 `f90-program-indent'
10259 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10261 `f90-associate-indent'
10262 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10263 `f90-critical-indent'
10264 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10265 `f90-continuation-indent'
10266 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10267 `f90-comment-region'
10268 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10269 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10270 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10271 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10273 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10274 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10275 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10276 `f90-break-delimiters'
10277 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10278 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10279 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10280 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10282 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10283 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10285 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10286 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10287 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10288 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10289 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10290 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10291 `f90-leave-line-no'
10292 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10294 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10295 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22164 57534 303192
10303 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10305 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10306 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10307 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10308 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10310 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10311 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10312 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10313 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10314 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10316 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10317 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10318 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10319 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10320 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10321 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10324 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10325 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10327 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10329 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10330 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10331 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10332 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10334 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10336 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10337 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10338 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10339 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10341 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10342 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10343 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10345 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10346 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10347 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10348 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10350 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10352 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10353 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10354 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10356 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10357 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10358 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10361 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10363 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10364 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10365 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10367 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10368 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10369 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10370 will remove any scaling currently active.
10374 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10375 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10376 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10379 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10380 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10381 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10382 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10384 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10385 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10387 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10389 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10390 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10392 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10393 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10394 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10396 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10397 the face height as long as the input event read
10398 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10400 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10401 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10402 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10403 will remove any scaling currently active.
10405 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10406 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10407 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10408 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10409 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10413 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10414 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10416 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10417 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10418 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10422 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10423 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10424 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10425 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10426 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10427 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10428 `buffer-face-mode'.
10430 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10431 local, and sets it to FACE.
10433 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10435 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10436 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10437 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10438 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10439 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10440 `face' text property.
10442 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10443 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10444 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10445 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10447 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10448 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10452 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10453 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10454 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10455 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22153 828 674851
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10464 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10466 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10467 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10468 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10469 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10473 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10474 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10478 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10479 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10480 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10481 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10485 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10486 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10487 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10488 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10489 backup file names and the like).
10491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10493 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10494 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10495 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10496 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10497 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10498 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10499 internally by feedmail):
10501 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10502 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10503 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10504 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10506 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10507 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10508 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10509 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10510 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10512 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22164 57534 311192 607000))
10517 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10519 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10520 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10521 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10522 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10523 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10524 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10525 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10527 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10529 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10530 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10531 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10532 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10533 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10534 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10535 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10537 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10539 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10541 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10542 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10543 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10544 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10545 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10546 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10548 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10550 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10551 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10552 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10554 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10555 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10560 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10561 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10562 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10564 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10566 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10567 Try to get a file name at point.
10568 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10572 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10573 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22164 57534 311192
10581 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10583 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10584 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10585 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10586 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10588 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10590 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10591 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10592 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10593 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10594 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10595 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10597 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10600 Add FILE to the file cache.
10604 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10605 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10606 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10608 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10610 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10611 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10612 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10614 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10616 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10617 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10618 This function does not use any external programs.
10619 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10620 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10621 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10623 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10625 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10626 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10627 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10628 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10629 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10630 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10631 \(directories) is done.
10637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22220 16330 707423
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10641 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10642 Handle file system monitoring event.
10643 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10645 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10647 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10649 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22189 60738 197741
10655 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10657 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10658 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10660 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10661 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10662 Local Variables list.
10664 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10665 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10666 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10668 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10670 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10671 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10673 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10675 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10676 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10678 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10679 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10682 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10683 then this function adds it.
10685 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10687 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10688 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10690 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10692 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10693 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10695 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10697 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10698 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10700 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10702 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10703 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10707 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10708 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10712 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10713 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22164 57534 315192
10721 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10723 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10724 Filesets initialization.
10725 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22164 57534 315192
10733 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10734 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10736 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10737 Initiate the building of a find command.
10740 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10741 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10743 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10745 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10746 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10748 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22164 57534 315192
10754 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10756 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10757 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10758 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10760 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10762 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10763 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10765 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10767 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10768 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10769 and run Dired on those files.
10770 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10771 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10773 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10775 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10777 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10779 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10780 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10781 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10783 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10784 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10786 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10787 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10789 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22221 37189 888505
10795 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10797 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10798 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10799 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10800 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10801 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10802 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10803 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10805 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10807 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10808 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10809 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10811 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10813 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10815 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10817 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10818 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10819 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10821 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10822 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10824 Variables of interest include:
10826 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10827 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10828 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10830 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10831 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10832 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10834 - `ff-ignore-include'
10835 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10837 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10838 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10841 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10843 - `ff-special-constructs'
10844 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10845 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10846 extracting the filename from that construct.
10848 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10849 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10851 - `ff-search-directories'
10852 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10853 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10855 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10856 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10858 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10859 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10861 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10862 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10864 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10865 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10867 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10868 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10870 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10872 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10873 Visit the file you click on.
10875 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10877 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10878 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10880 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22164
10885 ;;;;;; 57534 183192 607000))
10886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10888 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10889 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10890 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10892 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10894 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10895 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10896 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10897 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10899 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10900 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10901 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10902 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10904 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10906 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10907 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10909 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10910 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10911 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10912 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10914 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10915 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10916 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10918 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10919 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10922 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10924 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10925 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10927 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10928 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10929 places point before the definition.
10930 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10932 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10933 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10934 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10936 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10938 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10939 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10941 See `find-function' for more details.
10943 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10945 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10946 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10948 See `find-function' for more details.
10950 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10952 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10953 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10955 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10956 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10957 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10959 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10960 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10962 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10964 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10965 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10967 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10968 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10969 places point before the definition.
10971 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10973 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10974 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10975 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10977 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10979 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10980 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10982 See `find-variable' for more details.
10984 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10986 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10987 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10989 See `find-variable' for more details.
10991 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10993 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10994 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10995 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10996 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10997 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10998 buffer nor display it.
11000 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11001 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11003 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11005 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11006 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11008 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11009 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11010 places point before the definition.
11012 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11014 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11015 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11016 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11020 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11021 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11022 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11026 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11027 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11028 See `find-function-on-key'.
11032 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11033 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11034 See `find-function-on-key'.
11038 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11039 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11043 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11044 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11048 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11049 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22164 57534 319192
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11059 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11060 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11062 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11064 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11065 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11069 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11070 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11072 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22164 57534 319192 607000))
11077 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11078 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11080 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11081 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11085 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11086 Display FILE's commentary section.
11087 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11091 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11092 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22164 57534 319192
11100 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11102 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11103 Toggle flow control handling.
11104 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11105 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11107 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11109 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11110 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11111 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11112 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11113 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11114 to get the effect of a C-q.
11116 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (22221 37189
11121 ;;;;;; 928505 663000))
11122 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
11124 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11127 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11129 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11132 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22164 57535
11137 ;;;;;; 451192 607000))
11138 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11139 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11141 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11142 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11143 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11144 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11145 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11146 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11150 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11151 Turn flymake mode on.
11155 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11156 Turn flymake mode off.
11160 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22228 10440
11168 ;;;;;; 271428 995000))
11169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11171 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11172 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11175 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11177 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11178 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11180 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11181 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11183 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11184 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11185 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11188 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11189 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11190 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11191 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11194 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11197 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11198 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11199 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11201 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11203 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11206 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11207 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11211 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11212 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11216 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11217 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11221 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11222 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11226 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11227 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11229 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11231 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11232 Flyspell whole buffer.
11238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22164 57534 319192
11240 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11241 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22164 57534 319192 607000))
11246 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11248 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11249 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11253 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11254 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11258 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11259 Toggle Follow mode.
11260 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11261 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11262 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11264 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11265 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11267 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11268 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11269 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11271 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11272 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11273 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11276 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11277 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11278 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11279 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11280 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11283 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11284 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11286 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11288 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11290 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11291 \\{follow-mode-map}
11293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11295 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11296 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11298 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11299 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11301 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11302 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11304 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11308 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11309 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11311 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11312 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11314 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11315 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11317 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11321 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11322 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11324 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11325 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11326 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11327 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11328 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11329 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11331 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11332 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11333 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22164 57534
11340 ;;;;;; 803192 607000))
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11342 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11344 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11345 Toggle Footnote mode.
11346 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11347 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11348 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11350 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11351 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11352 play around with the following keys:
11353 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22164 57534 359192 607000))
11360 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11362 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11363 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11365 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11366 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11367 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11368 C-c < forms-first-record <
11369 C-c > forms-last-record >
11370 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11371 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11372 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11373 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11374 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11375 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11376 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11377 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11378 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11379 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11381 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11383 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11384 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11388 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11389 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22164 57535
11396 ;;;;;; 455192 607000))
11397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11399 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11400 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11401 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11403 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11404 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11406 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11409 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11411 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11413 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11414 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11415 `fortran-do-indent'
11416 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11417 `fortran-if-indent'
11418 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11419 `fortran-structure-indent'
11420 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11422 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11423 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11424 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11425 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11426 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11427 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11428 nil don't change the indentation
11429 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11431 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11432 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11433 depending on the continuation format in use.
11434 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11435 indentation for a line of code.
11437 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11438 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11439 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11440 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11441 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11442 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11443 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11444 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11445 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11446 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11448 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11449 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11450 statements (default nil).
11451 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11452 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11453 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11454 `fortran-continuation-string'
11455 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11456 line (default \"$\").
11457 `fortran-comment-region'
11458 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11459 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11460 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11461 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11462 as typed (default t).
11463 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11464 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11466 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11467 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22221 37190 505
11475 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11477 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11478 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11480 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11481 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11483 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11485 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11486 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11488 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11489 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11491 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11493 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11494 Compile fortune file.
11496 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11497 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11499 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11501 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11502 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11504 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11505 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11506 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11507 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11509 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11511 (autoload 'fortune-message "fortune" "\
11512 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
11513 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
11514 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
11516 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11518 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11519 Display a fortune cookie.
11520 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11521 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11522 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11523 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11525 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22189 60738 245741
11531 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11533 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11534 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11535 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11537 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11538 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11539 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11541 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11542 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11544 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11545 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11547 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11548 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11549 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11550 intend to modify existing values, do
11552 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11554 before changing anything.
11556 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11557 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11559 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11560 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11561 to restore the frame.
11563 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11564 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11565 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11567 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11568 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11569 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11570 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11571 FILTER A filter function.
11573 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11574 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11576 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11580 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11581 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11582 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11583 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11584 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11585 before restoring it.
11586 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11588 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11590 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11591 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11592 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11594 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11595 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11597 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11598 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11599 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11600 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11601 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11602 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11603 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11605 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11607 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11608 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11610 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11612 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11613 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11614 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11615 If nil, check all live frames.
11617 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11619 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11620 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11621 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11622 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11623 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11624 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11625 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11626 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11627 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11628 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11629 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11631 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11633 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11634 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11636 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11637 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11638 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11639 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11640 and window-state is not restored.
11642 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11643 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11645 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11646 t All existing frames can be reused.
11647 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11648 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11649 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11650 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11652 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11653 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11654 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11655 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11656 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11657 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11658 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11659 be created from that parameter alist.
11661 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11662 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11663 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11664 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11665 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11666 - the live frame just restored,
11667 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11668 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11669 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11671 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11672 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11673 nil Keep all frames.
11674 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11675 - FRAME, a live frame.
11676 - ACTION, which can be one of
11677 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11678 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11679 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11680 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11681 Return value is ignored.
11683 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11684 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11685 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11686 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11687 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11689 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11691 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11693 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11694 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11695 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11697 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11699 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11700 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11701 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11703 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11705 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11706 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11707 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11708 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11710 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11712 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22189 60739
11717 ;;;;;; 13741 19000))
11718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11719 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22164 57535
11724 ;;;;;; 455192 607000))
11725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11727 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11728 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11729 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11731 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11733 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11734 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11735 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11736 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11737 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11738 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11739 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11743 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11744 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11745 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11746 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11748 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11749 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11750 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11751 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11752 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11754 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11755 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11756 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11757 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11759 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11760 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11761 shown in some of the buffers.
11763 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11765 The following commands help control operation :
11767 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11768 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11770 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11771 detailed description of this mode.
11774 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11776 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11777 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11781 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11782 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11783 | | (comint-mode) |
11790 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11791 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11792 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11793 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11794 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11795 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11797 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22164 57534
11802 ;;;;;; 183192 607000))
11803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11805 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11806 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11807 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11808 instead (which see).")
11810 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11811 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11813 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11814 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11815 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11816 documentation string instead.
11818 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11819 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11820 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11821 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11822 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11823 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11824 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11825 enders are actually possible.
11827 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11828 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11830 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11831 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11832 `font-lock-keywords'.
11834 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11835 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11836 runs the macro expansion.
11838 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11839 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11840 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11842 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11844 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11846 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11848 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11850 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11851 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11853 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11855 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11856 Enter generic mode MODE.
11858 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11859 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11860 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11862 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11863 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11867 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11868 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11869 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11870 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11871 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11872 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11873 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11874 `font-lock-keywords'.
11876 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11878 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22164 57535
11883 ;;;;;; 455192 607000))
11884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11886 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11887 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11888 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11889 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11890 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11891 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22208 25156
11898 ;;;;;; 857078 435000))
11899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11901 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11902 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11903 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11905 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11907 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11908 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11910 Guideline for numbers:
11912 3 - non-serious error messages
11913 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11914 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11915 9 - messages inside loops.
11917 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11919 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11920 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11921 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11923 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11925 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11926 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11928 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11930 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11931 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11933 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11934 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11935 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11936 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11937 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11938 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11940 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11941 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11942 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11943 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11944 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11946 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11948 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22224 13401 634549 811000))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11954 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11955 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11956 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11958 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11959 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11963 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11965 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11966 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11967 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11968 name of an NNTP server to use.
11969 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11972 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11974 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11975 Read news as a slave.
11977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11979 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11980 Pop up a frame to read news.
11981 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11982 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11983 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11984 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11985 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11986 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11987 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11988 current display is used.
11990 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11992 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11994 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11995 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11996 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11998 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22207 4296
12003 ;;;;;; 608349 691000))
12004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12006 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12007 Start Gnus unplugged.
12011 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12012 Start Gnus plugged.
12016 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12017 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12021 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12022 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12024 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12025 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12026 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12028 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12029 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12030 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12034 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12035 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12039 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12040 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12041 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12042 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12043 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12046 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12048 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12049 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12050 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12051 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12052 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12055 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12057 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12058 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12062 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12063 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12064 downloaded into the agent.
12066 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12068 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12069 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12070 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12071 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12073 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12075 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12076 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12080 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12081 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12085 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12086 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12087 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12089 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22220 16330
12094 ;;;;;; 735423 271000))
12095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12097 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12098 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22207
12105 ;;;;;; 4296 628349 691000))
12106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12108 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12109 Set a bookmark for this article.
12113 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12114 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12116 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12118 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12119 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12120 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12121 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12122 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22207 4296
12129 ;;;;;; 628349 691000))
12130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12132 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12133 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12136 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12140 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12141 Generate the cache active file.
12143 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12145 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12146 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12150 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12151 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12152 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12153 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12154 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12157 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12159 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12160 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12161 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12162 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12163 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12166 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22207 4296
12171 ;;;;;; 628349 691000))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12174 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12175 Delay this article by some time.
12176 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12178 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12179 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12181 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12182 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12184 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12185 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12187 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12189 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12190 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12194 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12195 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12196 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12197 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12199 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12200 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12202 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22207 4296
12207 ;;;;;; 628349 691000))
12208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12210 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12213 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12215 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12218 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22204 28147
12223 ;;;;;; 283298 479000))
12224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12226 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12227 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22204 28147
12234 ;;;;;; 283298 479000))
12235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12237 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12238 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22203 7237 406647
12246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12248 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12249 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12251 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12253 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12255 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12256 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12258 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12262 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12263 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12267 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12268 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12270 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12271 different input formats.
12275 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12276 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12278 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12279 different input formats.
12283 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12284 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12285 The PNG is returned as a string.
12287 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12289 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12290 Convert FILE to a Face.
12291 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12294 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12296 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12297 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12299 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12303 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12304 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22205
12311 ;;;;;; 48966 780819 751000))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12314 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12315 Display gravatar in the From header.
12316 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12318 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12320 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12321 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12322 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12324 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22228 10440
12329 ;;;;;; 231428 995000))
12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12332 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12333 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12334 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12335 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12337 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12339 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12340 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12342 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22207 4296
12347 ;;;;;; 632349 691000))
12348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12350 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12353 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12355 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12358 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22195 13278
12363 ;;;;;; 43727 967000))
12364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12366 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12368 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12369 Run batched scoring.
12370 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22204 28147 307298
12378 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12380 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12385 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12386 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12387 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12389 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12391 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12392 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12394 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22164 57534
12401 ;;;;;; 547192 607000))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12404 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12405 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12406 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12407 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12410 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12411 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12412 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12413 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12415 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12416 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12417 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12418 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12419 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12420 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12421 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12422 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12423 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12424 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12426 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12428 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12429 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12430 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12433 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12434 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12436 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12438 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12439 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12440 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12442 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12446 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12447 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12448 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12450 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12452 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12453 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12454 existing groups are considered.
12456 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12457 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12460 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12461 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12462 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12463 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12464 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12465 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12466 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12467 clauses will be generated.
12469 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12470 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12471 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12472 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12473 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12474 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12476 For example, given the following group parameters:
12479 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12480 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12482 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12483 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12484 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12485 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12487 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12489 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12491 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12493 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12494 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12497 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22208 25156
12502 ;;;;;; 865078 435000))
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12505 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12506 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12507 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12508 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12509 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12512 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12514 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12517 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12519 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12520 Like `message-reply'.
12522 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12524 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12529 ;;;;;; (22207 4296 640349 691000))
12530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12532 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12533 Send a notification on new message.
12534 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12535 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12536 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12538 This is typically a function to add in
12539 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22204 28147
12546 ;;;;;; 319298 479000))
12547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12549 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12550 Display picons in the From header.
12551 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12555 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12556 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12557 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12561 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12562 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12563 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22164 57534
12570 ;;;;;; 563192 607000))
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12573 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12574 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12575 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12576 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12578 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12580 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12581 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12582 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12585 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12587 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12588 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12589 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12591 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12593 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12596 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12598 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12599 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12600 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12602 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12604 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12605 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12606 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12608 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12610 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12612 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12613 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12614 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12616 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12618 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12619 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12620 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12622 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12624 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12625 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12626 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12628 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12630 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12631 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12633 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22204
12638 ;;;;;; 28147 319298 479000))
12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12641 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12642 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12646 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12647 Install the registry hooks.
12653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22164 57534
12654 ;;;;;; 567192 607000))
12655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12657 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12658 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12659 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12660 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12661 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12662 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12666 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12667 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12668 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12669 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12670 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12674 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22207 4296
12682 ;;;;;; 644349 691000))
12683 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12685 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12686 Update the format specification near point.
12692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22208 25156
12693 ;;;;;; 873078 435000))
12694 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12696 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12697 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12699 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22208 25156
12704 ;;;;;; 909078 435000))
12705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12707 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12708 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12709 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12711 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22208 25156
12716 ;;;;;; 913078 435000))
12717 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12719 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12720 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12724 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12725 Install the sync hooks.
12731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22207 4296 704349
12733 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12735 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12736 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12738 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22218 60997 160333
12744 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12746 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12747 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12748 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12749 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12750 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12751 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12753 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12755 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22189 60739 17741
12761 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12763 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12764 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12766 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12767 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12768 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12770 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12771 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12772 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12774 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12775 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12777 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12778 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12780 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12782 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22164 57534
12787 ;;;;;; 927192 607000))
12788 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12790 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12792 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12793 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12794 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12795 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12796 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12798 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12800 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12801 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12802 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12804 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12805 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12807 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12808 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12811 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12813 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12814 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12816 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12817 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12821 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12822 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (22221 37189
12829 ;;;;;; 912505 663000))
12830 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
12832 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12833 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12834 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12836 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12838 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12839 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12841 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" t)
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12848 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12849 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12851 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12853 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12854 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12855 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12856 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12857 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12859 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12860 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12861 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12863 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12865 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12866 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12867 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12868 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12869 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12871 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12873 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12874 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12876 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12878 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12879 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12881 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12882 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12883 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12885 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12886 The default find program.
12887 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12890 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12891 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12892 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12893 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12895 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12896 How to invoke find and grep.
12897 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12898 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12899 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12900 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12902 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12904 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12905 History list for grep.")
12907 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12908 History list for grep-find.")
12910 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12911 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12912 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12916 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12921 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12922 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12926 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12927 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12928 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12929 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12930 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12932 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12935 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12936 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12938 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12939 can easily repeat a grep command.
12941 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12942 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12943 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12946 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12948 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12949 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12950 Collect output in a buffer.
12951 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12952 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12954 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12955 easily repeat a find command.
12957 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12959 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12961 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12962 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12963 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12964 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12965 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12967 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12968 before it is executed.
12969 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12971 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12972 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12973 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12975 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12977 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12979 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12980 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12981 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12982 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12983 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12985 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12986 before it is executed.
12987 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12989 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12990 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12991 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12992 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12994 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12996 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12997 to specify a command to run.
12999 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13001 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
13002 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13003 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13004 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13006 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13008 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22164 57534 707192 607000))
13013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13015 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13016 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13017 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13018 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13019 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13021 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22195 13278 263727
13027 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13029 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13030 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13031 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13032 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13034 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13036 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13037 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13038 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13039 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13041 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13043 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13044 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13045 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13046 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13048 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13050 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13051 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13052 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13053 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13055 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13056 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13058 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13060 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13061 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13062 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13063 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13065 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13067 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13068 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13069 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13070 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13072 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13074 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13075 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13076 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13077 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13079 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13081 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13082 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13083 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13084 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13085 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13087 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13088 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13089 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13090 original source file access method.
13092 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13093 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13095 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13097 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13098 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13102 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13103 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13104 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13107 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13109 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13111 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13112 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13113 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13114 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13115 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22164 57534 183192
13123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13125 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13126 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13127 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13128 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13129 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13130 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13131 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13133 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13135 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13137 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13138 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13139 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13141 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13142 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13143 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13145 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13146 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13148 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13150 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13152 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13153 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13154 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13155 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13156 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13158 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13160 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13162 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13165 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13167 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13169 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13171 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13172 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13173 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13174 well for simple place forms.
13175 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13176 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13177 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13178 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13179 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13180 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13181 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13183 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13185 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13187 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13188 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13189 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13190 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13191 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13193 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13194 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13196 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13198 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13200 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13202 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13203 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13204 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13205 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13206 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13207 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13209 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13211 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13213 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13214 Return a reference to PLACE.
13215 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13216 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13217 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13220 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22164 57535
13225 ;;;;;; 303192 607000))
13226 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13228 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13229 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13230 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13231 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13233 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13234 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13235 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13236 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13244 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13246 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13247 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13249 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13251 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13252 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13253 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13254 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13256 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13260 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13261 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13262 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13263 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22164 57534
13271 ;;;;;; 803192 607000))
13272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13274 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13275 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13279 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13280 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13281 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13285 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13286 Verify a hashcash payment
13288 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13290 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13291 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13292 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13293 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13294 `mail-add-payment-async').
13296 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13298 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13299 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13300 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13301 Calculation is asynchronous.
13303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13305 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13306 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13307 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22164 57534 707192
13315 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13317 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13318 Return the help-echo string at point.
13319 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13320 property, or nil, is returned.
13321 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13322 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13323 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13325 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13327 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13328 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13329 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13330 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13331 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13335 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13336 Display local help in the echo area.
13337 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13338 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13339 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13342 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13343 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13344 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13348 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13349 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13350 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13354 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13355 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13356 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13360 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13361 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13362 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13363 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13364 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13365 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13366 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13367 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13368 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13369 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13370 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13372 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13373 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13374 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13375 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13376 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13378 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13379 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13380 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13381 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13382 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13383 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13384 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13385 The default is `never'.")
13387 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13389 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13390 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13391 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13392 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13393 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13394 considered different regions.
13396 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13397 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13398 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13399 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13400 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13401 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13402 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13403 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13404 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13406 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13408 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13409 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13410 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13411 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13414 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13415 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13416 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13417 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13418 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13419 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13420 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13421 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13423 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13424 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13425 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13426 rarely happens in practice.
13428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13430 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13431 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13432 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13433 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13434 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13435 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22220 16330 775423
13443 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13445 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13446 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13448 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13450 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13451 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13452 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13454 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13456 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13457 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13458 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13459 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13460 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13461 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13462 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13464 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13465 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13466 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13467 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13468 suitable file is found, return nil.
13470 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13472 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13475 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13477 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13478 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13479 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13480 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13482 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13484 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13485 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13486 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13487 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13488 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13489 it is displayed along with the global value.
13491 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13493 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13494 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13495 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13496 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13497 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13498 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13500 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13502 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13503 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13504 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13505 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13507 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13509 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13510 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13511 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13512 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13513 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13515 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13517 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13518 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13522 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13523 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22164 57534 707192
13531 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13533 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13534 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13535 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13536 window listing and describing the options.
13537 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13538 gives the window that lists the options.")
13540 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22220 16330 779423
13546 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13548 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13549 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13550 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13556 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13557 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13561 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13562 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13566 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13567 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13569 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13570 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13571 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13572 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13574 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13575 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13576 restore it properly when going back.
13578 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13580 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13581 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13582 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13583 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13585 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13586 it does not already exist.
13590 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13591 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13593 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13594 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13595 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13596 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13597 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13598 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13599 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13600 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13602 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13603 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13604 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13605 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13607 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13608 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13611 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13613 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13614 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13615 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13616 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13617 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13618 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13620 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13622 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13623 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13624 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13625 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13626 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13628 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13630 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13631 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13633 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13635 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13637 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13638 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13639 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13640 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13642 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22164 57534
13647 ;;;;;; 183192 607000))
13648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13650 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13651 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13655 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13656 Provide help for current mode.
13662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22164 57534 711192 607000))
13663 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13665 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13666 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13667 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13668 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13669 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13671 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13672 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13674 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13675 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13676 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13677 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13679 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13680 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13683 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13688 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13689 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13690 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13691 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13692 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13693 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13694 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13695 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13696 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13697 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13698 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13699 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13700 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13701 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13702 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13704 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13705 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13706 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13708 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13711 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13713 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13714 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13715 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13717 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13718 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13719 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13721 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13722 into the buffer at the current point.
13724 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13725 into the buffer at the current point.
13727 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13728 into the buffer at the current point.
13730 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13732 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13733 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13735 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13737 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13741 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13742 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13743 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13744 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13746 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13748 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13749 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13750 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22164 57534 711192
13758 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13760 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13761 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13762 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13763 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13764 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13766 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13767 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13768 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13769 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13771 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13772 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13773 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13774 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13776 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13777 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13778 which can be called interactively, are:
13780 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13781 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13783 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13784 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13785 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13786 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13788 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13789 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13791 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13792 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13793 available face automatically.
13795 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13796 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13798 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13799 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13800 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13801 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13802 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13803 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13804 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13805 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13806 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13807 function returns t.
13809 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13810 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13812 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13813 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13817 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13818 position (number of characters into buffer)
13819 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13820 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13821 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13825 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13826 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13827 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13830 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13832 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13834 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13835 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13836 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13837 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13838 ARG is omitted or nil.
13840 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13841 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13842 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13846 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13848 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13849 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13850 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13851 Use the global history list for FACE.
13853 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13854 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13855 highlighting will not update as you type.
13857 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13859 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13861 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13862 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13863 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13864 Use the global history list for FACE.
13866 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13867 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13868 highlighting will not update as you type.
13870 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13872 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13874 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13875 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13876 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13877 Use the global history list for FACE.
13879 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13880 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13881 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13883 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13884 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13885 highlighting will not update as you type.
13887 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13889 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13891 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13892 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13893 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13894 unless you use a prefix argument.
13895 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13897 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13898 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13902 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13904 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13905 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13906 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13907 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13908 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13909 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13911 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13913 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13914 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13916 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13917 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13918 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22174 6972
13925 ;;;;;; 720792 520000))
13926 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13928 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13929 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13931 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13932 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13934 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13935 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13936 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13937 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13940 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13941 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13942 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13943 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13944 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13945 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13946 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13948 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13949 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13950 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13951 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13952 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13955 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13956 #endif lines when hiding.
13958 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13959 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13962 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13963 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13964 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13966 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22221 37190
13973 ;;;;;; 44505 663000))
13974 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13976 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13977 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13978 Each element has the form
13979 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13981 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13982 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13984 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13985 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13987 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13988 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13989 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13990 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13991 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13992 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13994 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13995 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13997 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13998 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14000 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14001 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14002 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14004 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14005 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14007 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14008 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14010 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14011 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14012 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14014 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14015 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14016 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14018 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14019 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14021 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14024 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14028 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14029 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22164 57534 715192
14037 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14039 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14040 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14042 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14043 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14045 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14046 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14047 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14050 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14051 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14052 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14053 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14054 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14055 through various faces.
14056 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14057 buffer with the contents of a file
14058 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14062 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14063 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14065 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14066 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14068 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14069 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14070 in a distinctive face.
14072 The default value can be customized with variable
14073 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14075 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14079 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14080 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14081 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14083 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14085 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14086 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14090 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14091 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14095 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14096 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14098 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14099 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14100 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14101 shown in the last face in the list.
14103 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14104 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14105 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14107 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14111 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14112 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14114 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14116 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14119 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14120 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14122 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14123 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14124 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14126 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14128 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14129 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14131 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14132 this function is called interactively.
14134 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14135 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14136 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14138 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14139 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14140 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14142 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14144 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14145 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14146 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14147 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14148 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14149 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14151 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14153 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14154 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14155 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14156 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14157 ARG is omitted or nil.
14159 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14160 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14161 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22164 57534 715192
14169 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14170 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14172 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14173 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14174 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14175 or insert functions in this list.")
14177 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14179 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14180 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14181 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14182 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14183 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14185 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14186 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14187 undoes the expansion.
14191 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14192 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14193 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14194 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14196 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22164 57534 715192
14202 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14204 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14205 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14206 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14207 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14208 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14210 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14211 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14212 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14213 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14214 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14215 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14217 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14218 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14219 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14220 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14224 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14225 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14226 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14227 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14228 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14229 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14231 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14233 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14234 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14235 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14236 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14237 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14239 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14240 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14243 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14244 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22164 57533
14251 ;;;;;; 855192 607000))
14252 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14254 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14255 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14256 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14258 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14260 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14262 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14264 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14266 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14268 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14270 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14272 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14274 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14276 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14278 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14279 User defined holidays.
14280 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14282 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14284 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14286 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14288 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14290 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14292 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14294 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14295 Christian holidays.
14296 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14298 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14300 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14302 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14304 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14306 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14308 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14310 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14311 Bahá’à holidays.
14312 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14314 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14316 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14318 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14319 Sun-related holidays.
14320 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14322 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14324 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14326 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14328 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14329 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14330 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14331 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14335 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14336 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14337 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14338 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14339 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14341 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14342 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14344 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14345 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14347 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14348 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14349 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14350 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14353 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14355 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14357 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (22221 37189
14362 ;;;;;; 964505 663000))
14363 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
14365 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14366 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22189 60738
14373 ;;;;;; 317741 19000))
14374 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14375 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14377 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14378 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14379 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14380 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14383 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14384 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14387 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14388 characters such as ^L (
\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14390 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14391 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14392 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14394 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14396 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14397 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14398 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14400 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14402 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22164 57534 715192
14408 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14410 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14411 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14413 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14414 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14415 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14417 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14418 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14419 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14420 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14421 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14422 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14424 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14425 title of the column.
14427 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14428 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14429 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14430 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14431 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14433 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14435 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14437 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14438 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14439 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14440 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14441 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14443 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14444 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14445 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14447 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14449 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14451 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14453 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14454 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14455 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14456 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14457 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14458 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14460 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14461 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14462 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14463 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14464 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14465 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14466 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14467 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14469 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14470 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14471 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14472 buffer's modification flag.
14473 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14474 prompted before performing this operation.
14475 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14476 operation is complete, in the form:
14477 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14478 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14479 confirmation message, in the form:
14480 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14481 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14482 macro for exactly what it does.
14484 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14486 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14488 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14490 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14491 Define a filter named NAME.
14492 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14493 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14494 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14496 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14497 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14498 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14499 bound to the current value of the filter.
14501 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14503 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14505 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22164 57534 719192
14511 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14513 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14514 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14515 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14516 buffers which are visiting a file.
14518 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14520 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14521 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14522 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14523 buffers which are visiting a file.
14525 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14527 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14528 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14529 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14531 All arguments are optional.
14532 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14533 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14534 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14535 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14536 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14537 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14538 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14539 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14540 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14541 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14542 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14543 that value locally in this buffer.
14545 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22164
14550 ;;;;;; 57533 859192 607000))
14551 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14552 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14554 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14555 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14556 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14557 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14559 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14561 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14562 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14563 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14564 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14566 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14567 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14568 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14570 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14572 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14573 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14574 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14575 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14576 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14577 non-marking or not.
14579 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14581 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14582 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14584 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14585 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14588 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14589 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14590 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14592 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14595 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14596 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14597 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14599 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22164 57534 719192
14605 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14607 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14608 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14609 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14610 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14611 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14612 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14614 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14616 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14617 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14619 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14620 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14622 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14623 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14624 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14625 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14627 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14628 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14630 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14633 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14636 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14637 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14638 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14639 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22164 57535 475192
14645 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14647 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14648 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14649 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14650 Tab indents for Icon code.
14651 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14652 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14654 Variables controlling indentation style:
14655 icon-tab-always-indent
14656 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14657 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14659 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14660 inserted in Icon code.
14662 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14663 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14664 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14665 icon-continued-statement-offset
14666 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14667 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14668 icon-continued-brace-offset
14669 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14670 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14672 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14673 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14674 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14675 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14677 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14678 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22164
14685 ;;;;;; 57535 483192 607000))
14686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14688 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14689 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14690 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14691 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14693 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14694 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14697 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14698 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14700 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14701 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14702 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14704 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14706 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22164 57535
14711 ;;;;;; 491192 607000))
14712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14713 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14715 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14716 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14718 The main features of this mode are
14720 1. Indentation and Formatting
14721 --------------------------
14722 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14723 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14725 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14726 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14727 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14728 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14730 Comments are indented as follows:
14732 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14733 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14734 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14736 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14738 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14739 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14740 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14741 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14742 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14743 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14745 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14746 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14747 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14748 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14752 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14753 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14754 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14755 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14756 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14757 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14758 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14759 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14760 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14761 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14766 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14767 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14768 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14769 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14773 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14774 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14775 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14776 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14777 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14780 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14781 --------------------------------
14782 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14783 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14785 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14786 \\fu FUNCTION template
14787 \\c CASE statement template
14788 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14789 \\f FOR loop template
14790 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14791 \\w WHILE loop template
14792 \\i IF statement template
14793 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14796 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14797 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14799 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14800 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14801 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14802 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14804 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14805 -------------------------
14806 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14807 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14809 7. Automatic END completion
14810 ------------------------
14811 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14812 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14816 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14817 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14819 9. Documentation and Customization
14820 -------------------------------
14821 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14822 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14823 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14824 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14825 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14826 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14830 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14831 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14832 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14834 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22164 57534 731192 607000))
14841 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14843 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14844 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14845 The following values are possible:
14846 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14848 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14849 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14850 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14852 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14853 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14855 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14857 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14858 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14859 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14860 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14861 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14862 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14863 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14864 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14865 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14869 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14870 Switch to another buffer.
14871 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14872 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14875 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14876 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14877 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14878 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14879 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14881 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14882 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14884 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14886 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14887 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14888 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14889 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14890 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14891 in a separate window.
14892 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14893 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14894 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14895 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14896 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14897 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14898 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14899 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14900 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14904 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14905 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14906 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14907 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14911 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14912 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14913 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14914 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14918 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14920 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14921 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14925 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14926 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14927 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14928 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14932 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14933 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14934 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14935 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14939 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14940 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14944 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14945 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14946 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14947 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14950 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14951 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14952 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14953 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14954 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14955 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14957 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14958 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14960 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14962 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14963 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14964 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14965 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14966 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14967 in a separate window.
14968 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14969 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14970 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14971 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14972 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14973 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14974 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14975 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14976 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14977 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14978 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14979 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14980 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14981 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14982 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14983 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14984 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14985 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14989 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14990 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14991 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14992 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14996 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14997 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14998 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14999 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15003 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15004 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15005 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15006 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15010 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15011 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15012 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15013 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15017 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15018 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15019 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15020 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15024 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15025 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15026 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15027 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15031 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15032 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15033 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15034 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15038 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15039 Write current buffer to a file.
15040 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15041 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15045 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15046 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15047 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15048 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15052 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15053 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15054 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15055 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15059 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15060 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15061 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15062 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15063 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15064 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15066 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15068 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15069 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15070 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15071 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15073 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15075 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15076 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15077 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15078 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15080 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15082 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15083 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15084 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15085 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15086 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15087 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15088 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15089 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15090 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15091 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15092 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15093 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15094 with point positioned at the end.
15095 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15096 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15098 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22164 57534 731192 607000))
15103 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15105 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15106 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15107 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15108 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22164 57534 731192 607000))
15115 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15117 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15119 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15120 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15121 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15122 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15123 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15124 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22220 16330 779423 271000))
15131 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15133 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15134 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15135 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15138 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15140 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15141 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15142 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15147 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15148 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15149 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15152 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15154 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15155 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15156 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15159 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15161 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15162 Determine and return image type.
15163 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15164 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15165 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15166 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15167 use its file extension as image type.
15168 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15170 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15172 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15173 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15174 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15176 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15178 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15179 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15180 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15182 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15183 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15184 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15185 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15190 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15192 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15193 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15194 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15195 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15196 use its file extension as image type.
15197 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15198 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15199 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15200 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15202 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15204 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15205 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15206 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15208 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15210 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15211 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15212 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15213 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15214 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15215 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15216 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15217 POS may be an integer or marker.
15218 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15219 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15220 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15221 means display it in the right marginal area.
15223 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15225 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15226 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15227 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15228 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15229 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15230 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15231 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15232 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15233 means display it in the right marginal area.
15234 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15235 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15236 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15237 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15238 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15240 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15242 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15243 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15244 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15245 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15246 STRING is a single space.
15247 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15248 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15249 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15250 means display it in the right marginal area.
15251 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15253 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15255 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15256 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15257 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15258 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15260 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15262 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15263 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15265 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15267 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15268 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15269 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15270 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15271 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15272 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15273 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15274 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15277 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15279 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15281 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15283 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15284 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15286 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15287 documentation string.
15289 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15290 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15291 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15292 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15293 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15294 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15295 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15300 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15301 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15303 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15305 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15307 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15308 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15309 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15310 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15312 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15313 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15314 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15315 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15317 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" t)
15324 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15325 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15327 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15328 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15329 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15330 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15331 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15332 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15336 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15337 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15339 Convenience command that:
15341 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15342 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15343 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15345 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15346 image files in dired and type
15347 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15349 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15351 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15352 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15354 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15356 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15357 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15358 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15359 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15360 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15363 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15364 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15365 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15367 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15368 instead of erasing it first.
15370 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15371 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15372 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15373 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15374 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15375 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15377 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15379 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15380 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15381 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15382 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15387 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15389 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15391 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15392 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15396 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15397 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15398 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15402 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15403 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15407 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15408 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15409 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15410 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15414 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15415 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15419 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15420 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15424 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15425 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15429 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15430 Display current image file.
15431 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15432 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15436 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15437 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15441 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15442 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15443 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15444 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15445 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15446 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15447 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15451 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15452 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15453 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22164 57534 731192
15462 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15464 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15465 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15466 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15467 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15469 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15470 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15471 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15472 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15474 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15476 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15477 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15478 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15479 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15481 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15482 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15483 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15484 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15486 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15488 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15489 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15493 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15494 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15495 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15496 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15498 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15500 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15501 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15502 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15503 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15504 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15505 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15507 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15509 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15510 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15512 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15513 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15515 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15516 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15517 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22226 55133 156211
15525 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15527 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15528 Major mode for image files.
15529 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
15530 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
15537 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15538 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15539 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15540 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15541 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15543 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15544 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15549 (autoload 'image-mode-to-text "image-mode" "\
15550 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15551 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
15552 displays an image file as text.
15556 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15559 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22164 57534 735192 607000))
15564 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15566 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15567 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15569 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15571 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15572 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15575 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15577 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15578 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15579 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15581 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15583 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15584 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15585 Each element of this list should have the form
15587 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15589 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15590 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15591 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15593 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15594 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15595 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15596 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15598 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15599 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15601 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15602 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15603 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15606 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15607 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15608 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15610 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15611 create a buffer index.
15613 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15614 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15615 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15616 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15617 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15619 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15621 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15622 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15624 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15625 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15626 called within a `save-excursion'.
15628 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15630 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15632 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15633 Function for finding the next index position.
15635 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15636 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15637 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15640 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15641 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15643 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15645 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15646 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15648 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15649 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15650 It should return the name for that index item.")
15652 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15654 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15655 Function to compare string with index item.
15657 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15658 non-nil if they match.
15660 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15661 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15662 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15663 arguments match\".")
15665 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15667 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15668 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15669 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15671 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15672 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15674 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15676 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15678 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15679 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15680 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15681 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15685 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15686 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15688 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15692 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15693 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15694 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15695 for more information.
15697 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22164 57534
15702 ;;;;;; 783192 607000))
15703 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15705 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15706 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15708 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15710 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15713 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15715 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15718 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15720 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15723 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15725 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15726 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22164 57535
15733 ;;;;;; 491192 607000))
15734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15736 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15737 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15738 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15740 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15741 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15742 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15743 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15747 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22164 57534 739192 607000))
15752 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15754 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15755 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15756 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15757 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15758 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15759 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15760 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15761 first in this list.
15763 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15764 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15765 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15766 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15767 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15769 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15770 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15771 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15773 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15774 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15776 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15777 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15779 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15780 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15781 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15782 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15783 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15784 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15785 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15786 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15787 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15788 with the top-level Info directory.
15790 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15791 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15793 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15795 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15796 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15797 in all the directories in that path.
15799 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15801 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15803 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15804 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15808 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15809 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15813 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15814 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15815 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15816 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15820 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15821 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15822 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15823 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15825 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15827 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15828 Go to the Info directory node.
15832 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15833 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15834 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15835 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15836 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15837 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15839 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15841 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15842 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15843 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15845 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15847 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15848 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15849 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15850 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15851 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15853 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15855 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15856 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15857 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15858 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15859 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15861 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15862 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15864 Selecting other nodes:
15865 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15866 Follow a node reference you click on.
15867 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15868 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15869 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15870 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15871 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15872 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15873 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15874 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15875 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15876 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15877 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15878 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15879 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15880 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15881 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15882 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15883 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15884 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15885 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15886 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15888 Moving within a node:
15889 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15890 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15891 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15892 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15893 move up to the parent node.
15894 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15895 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15897 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15900 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15901 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15902 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15903 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15904 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15905 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15906 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15907 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15908 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15909 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15910 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15911 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15912 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15913 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15914 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15915 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15918 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15920 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15921 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15922 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15923 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15924 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15925 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15927 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15928 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15930 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15931 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15933 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15934 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15935 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15936 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15940 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15941 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15942 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15946 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15947 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15948 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15950 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15952 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15953 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15954 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15955 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15956 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15957 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15959 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22164 57534 735192
15965 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15967 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15968 Throw away all cached data.
15969 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15970 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15974 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15976 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15977 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15978 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15979 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15980 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15981 one found at point.
15983 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15985 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15986 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15988 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15989 Display the documentation of a file.
15990 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15991 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15992 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15993 The default file name is the one found at point.
15995 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15997 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15999 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16000 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16002 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16004 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16005 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16007 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22164 57534 735192
16013 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16014 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16016 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16017 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16018 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16019 current info file is the default.
16021 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16022 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16023 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16024 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16025 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16027 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16028 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16029 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16030 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16031 mistake in the reference.
16033 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16034 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16035 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16037 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16038 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16039 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16040 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16042 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16044 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16045 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16046 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16047 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16050 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16051 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16052 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16053 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16054 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16055 should be harmless.
16059 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16060 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16061 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16062 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16064 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16065 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16066 and can take a long time.
16070 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16071 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16072 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16074 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16076 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16077 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16079 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16080 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16081 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16082 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16085 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16086 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16087 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16088 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16091 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22164 57534 739192
16097 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16099 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16100 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16102 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16104 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16105 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16107 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16109 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16110 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16111 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16112 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16114 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16115 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16116 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16118 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16119 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16120 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16121 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16125 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16126 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16127 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16131 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16132 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16133 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16134 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16135 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22174 6972
16142 ;;;;;; 468792 520000))
16143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16145 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16148 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16150 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16152 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22164 57533
16157 ;;;;;; 935192 607000))
16158 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16159 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16161 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16162 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16163 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16165 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22164
16170 ;;;;;; 57534 743192 607000))
16171 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16173 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16174 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16178 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16179 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16183 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16186 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22164 57534 763192
16192 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16193 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16195 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16196 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16197 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16198 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16199 accessed via isearchb.
16205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22164
16206 ;;;;;; 57534 743192 607000))
16207 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16209 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16210 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16211 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16212 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16213 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16215 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16217 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16218 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16219 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16220 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16221 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16223 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16225 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16226 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16227 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16228 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16229 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16231 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16233 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16234 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16235 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16236 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16237 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16239 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16241 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16242 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16243 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16244 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16245 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16247 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16249 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16250 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16251 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16252 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16253 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16255 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16257 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16258 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16259 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16260 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16261 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16263 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16265 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16266 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16267 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16268 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16270 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16272 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16273 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16274 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16275 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16277 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16279 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16280 Warn that format is read-only.
16282 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16284 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16285 Warn that format is write-only.
16287 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16289 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16290 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16297 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 743192 607000))
16298 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16299 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16300 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22189 60739
16305 ;;;;;; 273741 19000))
16306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16308 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16310 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16311 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16312 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16313 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16314 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16316 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16318 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16320 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16321 Key map for ispell menu.")
16323 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16324 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16325 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16326 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16328 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16330 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16332 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16334 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16336 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16337 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16338 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16339 Valid forms include:
16340 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16341 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16342 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16343 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16345 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16346 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16347 First list is used raw.
16348 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16350 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16351 for skipping in latex mode.")
16353 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16354 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16355 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16356 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16357 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16358 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16359 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16361 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16362 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16363 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16364 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16366 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16367 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16368 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16369 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16370 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16372 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16373 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16375 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16376 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16378 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16379 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16381 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16382 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16385 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16386 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16387 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16388 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16389 quit spell session exited.
16391 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16393 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16394 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16395 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16397 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16399 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16400 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16404 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16405 SPC: Accept word this time.
16406 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16407 `a': Accept word for this session.
16408 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16409 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16410 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16411 `?': Show these commands.
16412 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16413 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16414 the aborted check to be completed later.
16415 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16416 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16417 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16418 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16419 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16420 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16421 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16425 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16426 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16427 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16428 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16430 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16432 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16433 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16434 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16435 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16437 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16439 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16441 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16442 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16443 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16444 amount for last line processed.
16446 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16448 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16449 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16453 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16454 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16458 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16459 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16460 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16462 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16464 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16465 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16469 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16470 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16471 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16472 sequence inside of a word.
16474 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16476 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16478 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16479 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16483 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16484 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16485 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16486 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16488 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16489 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16490 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16491 available on the net.
16495 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16496 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16497 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16498 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16499 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16501 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16502 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16505 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16506 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16509 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16510 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16514 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16515 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16516 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16517 Don't check included messages.
16519 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16520 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16521 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16523 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16525 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16526 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16527 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16528 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16530 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16531 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16532 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22164
16539 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
16540 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16542 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16547 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16548 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16549 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16550 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16551 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16552 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16553 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16554 necessary to represent OBJ.
16556 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16558 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16559 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16560 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16561 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16563 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16565 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16566 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16567 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16568 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16569 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16571 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16573 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16574 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16575 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16576 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16578 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16580 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16581 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16582 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16583 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16585 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16587 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16588 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16590 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16592 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16593 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16594 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16595 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16596 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16598 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16600 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16601 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16602 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16603 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16604 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16606 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16608 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16609 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16610 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16612 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22164 57534 763192
16618 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16620 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16621 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16622 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16623 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16625 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16628 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16630 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16631 Uninstall jka-compr.
16632 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16633 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16634 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22164 57535 507192
16642 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16643 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16645 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16646 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16650 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16651 Major mode for editing JSX.
16653 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16654 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16657 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16658 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16659 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16662 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16664 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22164 57534 763192 607000))
16669 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16670 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22164 57534
16675 ;;;;;; 223192 607000))
16676 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16678 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16679 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16680 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16681 decimal key must be specified.")
16683 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16685 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16686 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16687 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16688 decimal key must be specified.")
16690 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16692 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16693 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16694 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16695 decimal key must be specified.")
16697 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16699 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16700 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16701 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16702 decimal key must be specified.")
16704 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16706 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16707 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16708 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16709 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16710 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16714 -------------------------------------------------------------
16715 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16716 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16717 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16718 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16719 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16720 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16721 in the global and local keymaps.
16723 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16724 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16726 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22164
16731 ;;;;;; 57534 743192 607000))
16732 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16734 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16735 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16736 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16738 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16739 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16740 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16741 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16744 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16745 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16746 the context of text formatting.
16748 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22164 57534 747192
16754 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16756 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16757 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16758 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16759 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16760 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16761 positions that contains the current selection.")
16763 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16764 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16765 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16766 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16767 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16768 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16769 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16771 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22164 57534 767192 607000))
16776 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16777 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16778 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16779 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16780 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16781 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16782 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16783 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16785 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16786 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16787 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16789 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16791 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16792 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16793 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16794 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16795 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16797 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16799 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16800 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16801 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16803 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16804 defining the macro.
16806 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16807 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16808 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16810 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16811 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16815 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16816 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16817 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16818 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16819 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16822 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16823 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16824 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16828 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16829 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16830 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16831 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16833 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16834 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16835 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16836 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16838 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16839 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16841 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16843 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16844 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16845 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16847 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16850 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16851 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16853 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16854 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16855 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16857 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16858 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16862 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16863 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16864 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16865 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16867 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16869 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16870 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16871 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16872 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16874 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16875 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16877 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16879 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16880 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16881 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16883 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22164
16888 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
16889 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16891 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16892 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16893 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16895 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22164 57534
16903 ;;;;;; 787192 607000))
16904 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16906 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16909 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16911 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16912 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16913 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16914 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16915 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16916 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16918 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16919 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16921 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16923 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16924 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16926 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16928 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16931 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16933 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16936 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22164
16941 ;;;;;; 57534 747192 607000))
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16944 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16945 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16946 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16947 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16949 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16951 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16952 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16953 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16955 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16957 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16958 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16959 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16963 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16964 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16965 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16966 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16968 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16973 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 747192 607000))
16974 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16976 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16977 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16978 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16979 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16980 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16981 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16982 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16983 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16985 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16986 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16989 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16991 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16993 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16994 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16995 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16996 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16997 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16998 `latin1-display-setup'.
17000 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17002 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17003 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17004 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17005 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17008 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17010 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22164
17015 ;;;;;; 57535 507192 607000))
17016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17018 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17019 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22164
17026 ;;;;;; 57534 183192 607000))
17027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17028 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17030 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17031 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17032 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17033 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17035 For instance, the following code
17038 (if (and .title .body)
17043 essentially expands to
17045 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17046 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17047 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17048 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17049 (if (and .title .body)
17054 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17055 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17056 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17057 displayed in the example above.
17059 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17061 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22164 57535 303192 607000))
17066 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17068 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17069 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17070 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17071 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17072 generations (this defaults to 1).
17074 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22164 57534 799192 607000))
17079 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17080 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17082 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17083 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17085 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17086 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17088 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17092 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17093 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17094 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17095 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17096 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17097 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17099 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17101 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17102 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17103 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17104 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17105 ARG is omitted or nil.
17107 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17108 `linum-on' would do it.
17109 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22164 57534 799192
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17119 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17120 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17121 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17122 is nil, raise an error.
17124 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17125 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17126 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17127 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17128 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17129 defined by the library.
17131 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17132 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17133 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17134 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17135 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17138 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17139 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17140 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17141 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17143 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22164 57534 803192 607000))
17148 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17150 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17151 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17152 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17154 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17156 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17157 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17158 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17159 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17161 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17162 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17163 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17164 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17165 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17166 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17169 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17170 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17172 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17173 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17175 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17176 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17178 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17180 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17181 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17182 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17183 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17184 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17185 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17186 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17187 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17188 to constrain a big search.
17190 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17192 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17193 except that FILTER is not optional.
17195 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22164 57535 859192
17201 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17203 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17204 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17205 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17206 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17207 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17208 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17209 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17210 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17211 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17212 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17214 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17215 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17217 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17218 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17219 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17220 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17221 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17223 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17224 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17225 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17227 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22164 57535 859192
17233 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17235 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17236 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22164 57534 803192 607000))
17243 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17245 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17246 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17248 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17249 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17251 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17252 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17253 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17255 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17256 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17258 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17259 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17260 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17261 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17262 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17263 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17264 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17266 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17268 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17269 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17270 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17271 switch on this list.
17272 See `lpr-command'.")
17274 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17276 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17277 Name of program for printing a file.
17279 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17280 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17281 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17282 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17283 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17284 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17287 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17289 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17290 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17291 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17292 for customization of the printer command.
17296 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17297 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17299 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17300 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17301 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17302 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17304 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17305 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17307 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17308 for further customization of the printer command.
17312 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17313 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17314 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17315 for customization of the printer command.
17317 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17319 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17320 Paginate and print the region contents.
17322 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17323 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17324 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17325 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17327 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17328 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17330 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17331 for further customization of the printer command.
17333 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22220 16330 783423
17339 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17341 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17342 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17343 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17345 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22164 57533 859192
17351 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17353 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17354 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17355 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17356 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22164 57535
17363 ;;;;;; 507192 607000))
17364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17366 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17367 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22164 57534 803192 607000))
17374 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17376 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17377 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17378 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17379 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17380 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17382 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17384 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17385 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17386 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17387 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17388 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17390 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17391 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17392 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17393 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17396 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17397 use this command, and then save the file.
17399 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17401 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17402 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17403 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17404 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17405 each time the macro executes.
17406 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17407 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17408 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17409 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17410 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17411 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17412 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17416 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17417 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17418 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17419 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17421 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17422 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17423 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17426 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17427 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17429 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17430 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17431 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17432 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17433 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17435 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17438 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17439 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17440 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17442 You could enter the names in this format:
17448 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17451 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17454 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17455 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17457 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17458 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22200 31055
17463 ;;;;;; 586669 23000))
17464 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17466 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17467 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17468 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17469 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17470 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17471 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17473 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17474 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17475 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17476 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17477 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17479 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17480 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17481 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17484 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17486 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17487 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17489 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22164 57534
17494 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
17495 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17497 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17498 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17502 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17507 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17508 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17510 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17512 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17513 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17514 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17517 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22164 57534
17524 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
17525 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17527 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17528 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17529 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17530 often correct parser.")
17532 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17534 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17535 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17536 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17537 a value which excludes your own email address.
17539 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17540 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17542 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17544 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17545 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17547 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17549 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17550 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17551 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17552 we return it unconverted.
17554 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17555 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17557 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17559 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17560 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17561 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17562 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17564 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17566 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17567 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17568 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17569 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17571 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17573 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17574 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17575 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17576 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17577 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17578 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17579 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17580 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17581 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17584 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17586 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17587 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17588 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17589 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17590 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17591 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17592 matches may be returned from the message body.
17594 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22164 57534
17599 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
17600 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17602 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17603 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17604 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17606 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17607 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17609 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17611 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17612 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17613 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17614 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17615 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17617 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17618 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17619 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17620 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17624 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17625 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17629 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17630 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17631 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17633 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17635 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17636 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17637 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17639 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17640 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17641 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17644 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22195 13278
17649 ;;;;;; 151727 967000))
17650 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17652 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17653 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17654 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17656 If `parens', they look like:
17657 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17658 If `angles', they look like:
17659 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17661 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17663 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17664 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17665 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17666 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17667 their `Resent-' variants.
17669 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17670 removed from alias expansions.
17672 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17674 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17675 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17676 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17678 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17679 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17680 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17681 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17683 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17685 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17686 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17687 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17691 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17692 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17693 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17694 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17698 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22189 60738
17703 ;;;;;; 465741 19000))
17704 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17706 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17707 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17708 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17709 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22221
17716 ;;;;;; 37190 64505 663000))
17717 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17719 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17720 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17722 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17723 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17724 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17725 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17726 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17727 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17729 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17730 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17731 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17732 dependency, despite the colon.
17734 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17736 In the browser, use the following keys:
17738 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17740 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17742 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17743 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17745 `makefile-target-colon':
17746 The string that gets appended to all target names
17747 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17748 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17750 `makefile-macro-assign':
17751 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17752 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17753 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17754 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17755 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17756 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17758 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17759 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17760 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17762 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17763 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17765 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17766 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17767 up or down in the browser.
17769 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17770 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17772 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17773 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17775 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17776 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17777 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17778 has been selected in the browser.
17780 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17781 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17782 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17783 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17784 filenames are omitted.
17786 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17787 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17788 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17789 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17790 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17791 the backslash itself intact.
17792 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17793 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17795 `makefile-browser-hook':
17796 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17797 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17799 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17800 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17801 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17802 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17806 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17807 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17811 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17812 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17816 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17817 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17821 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17822 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17826 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17827 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22164 57534 843192
17835 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17837 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17838 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17839 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22195 13278 151727 967000))
17846 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17848 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17850 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17851 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17852 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17853 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17854 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17855 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17856 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17857 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17858 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17859 without running the man command.
17861 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17862 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17863 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17868 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17869 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17870 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17871 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17875 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17876 otherwise look like a page name.
17881 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17882 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17883 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17887 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17889 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17890 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17892 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17894 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17895 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17897 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22195 13277 947727
17903 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17904 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22164 57534 847192 607000))
17909 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17910 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17912 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17913 Toggle Master mode.
17914 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17915 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17916 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17918 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17919 using the following commands:
17921 \\{master-mode-map}
17923 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17924 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17925 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17927 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22164 57534 847192
17933 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17935 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17936 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17937 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17938 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17939 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17940 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17942 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17944 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17945 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17946 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17947 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17948 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17950 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17951 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17952 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17953 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22164 57534 847192 607000))
17960 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17961 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22220 16330 763423
17967 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17969 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17971 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17972 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17973 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17974 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17975 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17976 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17977 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17978 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17979 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17980 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17981 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17982 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17983 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17984 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17985 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17986 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17987 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17988 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17989 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17990 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17991 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17992 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17993 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17994 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17995 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17996 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17997 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17998 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17999 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18000 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18001 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18002 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18003 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18004 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18005 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18006 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18007 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18008 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18012 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18013 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18014 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18015 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18016 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18018 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18020 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18021 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18023 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18025 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18026 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18028 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18030 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18031 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18033 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18035 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18036 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18037 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18039 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18041 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18042 Cancel an article you posted.
18043 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18047 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18048 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18049 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18050 header line with the old Message-ID.
18054 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18055 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18059 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18060 Forward the current message via mail.
18061 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18062 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18064 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18066 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18069 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18071 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18074 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18076 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18077 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18081 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18082 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18084 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18086 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18087 Re-mail the current message.
18088 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18089 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18094 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18095 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18097 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18099 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18100 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18102 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18104 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18105 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18107 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18109 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18110 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18112 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18114 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18115 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18116 Works by overstriking characters.
18117 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18118 which specify the range to operate on.
18120 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18122 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18123 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18124 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18125 which specify the range to operate on.
18127 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22164
18132 ;;;;;; 57535 511192 607000))
18133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18134 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18136 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18137 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18141 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18142 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22164 57534
18149 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
18150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18152 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18153 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18154 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18158 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18159 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18160 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18161 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18162 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18163 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18164 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18166 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18168 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18169 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18170 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18171 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18172 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18174 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18175 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18177 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18179 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18180 Process current region through `metamail'.
18181 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18182 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18183 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18185 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18186 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18188 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22205 48966 992819
18194 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18196 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18197 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18198 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18202 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18203 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18204 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18208 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18209 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18211 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18212 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18213 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18215 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18216 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18218 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18219 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18221 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18223 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18225 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18226 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18227 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18228 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18229 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18232 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18233 initial Subject field, respectively.
18235 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18236 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18239 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18240 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18242 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18244 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18245 Save draft and send message.
18247 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18248 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18249 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18252 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18253 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18254 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18256 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18257 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18258 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18259 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18260 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18261 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18263 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18264 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18266 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18267 message and scan line.
18269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18271 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18272 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18274 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18275 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18276 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18277 delete the draft message.
18283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22172 51646 865679 83000))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18285 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18287 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18289 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18291 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18293 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18294 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22164 57534
18301 ;;;;;; 875192 607000))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18304 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18305 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18306 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18308 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18309 the MH mail system.
18311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18313 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18314 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18315 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18317 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18318 the MH mail system.
18320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18322 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18323 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18325 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18326 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18327 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18330 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18331 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18332 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18335 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18339 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18340 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18341 can be used in several ways.
18343 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18344 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18345 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18346 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18350 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18351 The range must be nonempty.
18356 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18357 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18364 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18367 All of the messages.
18369 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18370 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18372 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18373 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18374 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18376 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22195 13278 155727
18384 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18386 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18387 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18388 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18390 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18391 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18393 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18395 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18396 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18400 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18401 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18402 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18403 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18404 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18405 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18406 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18407 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18408 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18409 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18410 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18414 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18415 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18416 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18417 to its second argument TM.
18419 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22164 57534
18424 ;;;;;; 883192 607000))
18425 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18427 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18428 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18429 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18430 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18431 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18432 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18434 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18436 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18437 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18438 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18439 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18440 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18442 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18443 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18444 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18445 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18446 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18447 is modified to remove the default indication.
18449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22164 57534 895192 607000))
18454 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18456 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18457 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18458 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18459 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18460 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18461 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18462 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18463 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18464 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18468 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18469 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18470 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18471 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18472 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18473 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18474 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18475 The return value is always nil.
18477 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22164 57534 895192
18483 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18484 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18486 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18487 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18489 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18490 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18491 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18494 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18495 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18496 end of the search space).
18498 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18499 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18500 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18501 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18502 should return the previous buffer to search.
18504 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18505 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18506 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18508 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18509 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18510 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18513 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18514 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18515 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18517 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18518 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18519 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18521 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18522 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18524 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18525 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18526 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18530 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18531 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18532 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18533 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18534 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18535 whose names match the specified regexp.
18537 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18539 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18540 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18541 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18542 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18543 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18544 whose names match the specified regexp.
18546 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18548 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18549 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18550 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18551 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18552 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18553 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18554 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18556 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18558 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18559 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18560 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18561 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18562 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18563 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18564 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18566 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22164
18571 ;;;;;; 57535 511192 607000))
18572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18573 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18575 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18576 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22164 57534
18583 ;;;;;; 635192 607000))
18584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18586 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18587 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18589 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22164 57534
18594 ;;;;;; 635192 607000))
18595 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18597 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18598 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18600 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18602 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18603 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18604 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18605 the entire message.
18606 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18608 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22205 48966
18613 ;;;;;; 892819 751000))
18614 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18616 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18617 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18618 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18619 the entire message.
18620 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18622 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22208 25156 957078
18628 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18630 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18631 Insert file contents of URL.
18632 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18634 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18636 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18637 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18639 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22208 25156 957078
18645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18647 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18648 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18649 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18650 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18651 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18653 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18655 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18656 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18657 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18659 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22208 25156 961078 435000))
18664 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18666 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18667 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18671 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18672 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18673 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18674 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18675 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18677 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18678 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18679 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18680 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18681 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18682 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18684 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22205 48966 900819
18690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18692 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18695 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18697 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18700 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22207 4296 732349
18706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18708 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18711 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18713 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18716 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18718 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18721 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18723 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18726 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18728 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18731 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18733 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18736 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18738 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22189 60738
18746 ;;;;;; 45741 19000))
18747 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18749 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18754 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18757 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18759 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18760 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18761 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18762 followed by the first character of the construct.
18764 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18765 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18766 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18767 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18768 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18769 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18770 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18771 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18772 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18773 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18774 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18775 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18776 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18779 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18780 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18781 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22164 57535 303192
18789 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18791 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18792 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18794 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18796 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18797 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18799 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18801 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18802 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18804 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18806 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18807 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18809 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22164 57534 895192
18815 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18817 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18818 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18820 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18821 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18822 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18824 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18825 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18826 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18828 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18829 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18831 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18832 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18833 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18834 hemisphere you're in.)
18836 To test this function, evaluate:
18837 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18839 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18841 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18842 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18844 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18845 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18847 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18848 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18849 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18851 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18852 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18854 To test this function, evaluate:
18855 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18857 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22164 57534 911192 607000))
18862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18864 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18865 Main entry point for MPC.
18871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22164 57535 303192 607000))
18872 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18874 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18875 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22164 57534 911192 607000))
18882 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18884 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18885 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18886 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18887 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18888 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18889 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18891 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18893 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18895 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18896 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18897 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18899 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18900 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22164
18907 ;;;;;; 57534 751192 607000))
18908 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18910 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18911 Display a list of all character sets.
18913 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18914 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18915 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18916 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18917 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18919 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18920 but still shows the full information.
18924 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18925 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18926 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18928 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18929 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18930 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18931 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18932 meanings of these arguments.
18934 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18936 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18937 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18939 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18941 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18942 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18944 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18946 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18947 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18949 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18951 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18952 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18954 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18955 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18957 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18958 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18959 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18960 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18961 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18962 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18963 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18964 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18965 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18966 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18967 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18968 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18969 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18970 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18971 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18972 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18976 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18977 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18981 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18982 Display a list of all coding systems.
18983 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18985 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18986 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18990 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18991 Display a list of all coding categories.
18995 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18996 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18997 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18999 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19001 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19002 Display information about FONTSET.
19003 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19005 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19007 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19008 Display a list of all fontsets.
19009 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19010 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19011 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19015 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19016 Display information about all input methods.
19020 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19021 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19023 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19024 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19025 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19026 system which uses fontsets).
19030 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19031 Show log of font listing and opening.
19032 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19033 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19035 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22174
19040 ;;;;;; 6972 628792 520000))
19041 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19043 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19044 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19046 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19047 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19049 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19050 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19052 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19054 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19055 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19056 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19057 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19058 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19059 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19060 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19062 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19063 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19064 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19065 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19066 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19067 middle of a character in STR.
19069 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19070 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19072 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19073 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19074 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19075 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19076 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19078 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19080 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19081 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19083 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19084 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19085 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19087 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19088 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19089 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19091 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19092 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19093 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19095 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19096 longer than KEYSEQ.
19097 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19099 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19101 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19102 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19103 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19104 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19105 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19106 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19107 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19108 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19109 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19110 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19111 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19113 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19115 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19116 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19118 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19120 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19121 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19123 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19125 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19126 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19128 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19130 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19131 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19133 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19135 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19136 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19137 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19138 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19139 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19141 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19142 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19144 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19145 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19146 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19147 coding systems ordered by priority.
19149 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19151 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19153 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19154 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19155 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19156 language environment LANG-ENV.
19158 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19160 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19161 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19162 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19163 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19164 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19165 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19167 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19169 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19170 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19171 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19172 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19173 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19175 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19177 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19178 part of the file/buffer.
19179 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19181 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19183 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19184 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19185 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19186 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19187 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19189 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19191 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19192 part of the file/buffer.
19193 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19195 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22164 57534
19200 ;;;;;; 931192 607000))
19201 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19203 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19204 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19208 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19209 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19213 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19214 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19218 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19219 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19223 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19224 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19228 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19229 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19231 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19233 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19235 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19236 `ping-program-options'.
19240 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19241 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19245 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19246 Run nslookup program.
19250 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19251 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19255 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19260 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19265 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19266 Finger USER on HOST.
19268 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19270 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19271 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19272 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19273 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19275 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19277 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19282 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19283 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19285 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19287 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19288 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19290 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22164 57534 931192
19296 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19298 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19299 Return a user name/password pair.
19300 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19301 listed in the PORTS list.
19303 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22218
19308 ;;;;;; 60997 160333 743000))
19309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19311 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19312 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19313 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19314 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19315 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19318 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19320 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19321 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19322 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19323 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19324 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19325 a port number to connect to.
19327 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19330 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19332 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19333 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19334 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19335 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19336 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19337 an unencrypted connection.
19338 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19339 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19340 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19341 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19342 returned object is a killed process.
19343 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19344 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19345 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19347 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19348 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19349 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19350 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19351 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19352 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19353 or nil if none could be found.
19354 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19355 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19357 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19359 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19360 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19361 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19363 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19364 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19365 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19367 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19368 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19369 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19371 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19372 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19373 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19374 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19376 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19377 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19379 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19380 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19381 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19382 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19383 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19384 or STARTTLS connections.
19386 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19387 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19389 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19390 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19392 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19393 a greeting from the server.
19395 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
19396 asynchronously, if possible.
19398 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
19399 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
19400 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
19401 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
19402 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
19404 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19406 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22164
19411 ;;;;;; 57534 939192 607000))
19412 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19414 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19415 Check whether newsticker is running.
19416 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19417 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19421 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19422 Start the newsticker.
19423 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19424 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19425 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19426 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19428 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19433 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 939192 607000))
19434 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19436 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19437 Start newsticker plainview.
19443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22174
19444 ;;;;;; 6972 660792 520000))
19445 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19447 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19448 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22164
19455 ;;;;;; 57534 939192 607000))
19456 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19458 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19459 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19460 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19461 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19466 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19467 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19468 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22203
19476 ;;;;;; 7237 642647 107000))
19477 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19479 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19480 Start newsticker treeview.
19486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22208 25156 977078
19488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19490 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19491 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19493 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22205 48966 904819
19499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19501 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19502 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19503 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19504 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19505 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19506 symbol in the alist.
19508 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22208 25156
19513 ;;;;;; 981078 435000))
19514 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19516 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19517 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19518 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22205 48966 952819 751000))
19525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19527 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19528 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19530 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22164 57535 35192 607000))
19535 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19537 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19539 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19540 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19541 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19543 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19546 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19548 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19549 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19550 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19551 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19552 to future sessions.
19554 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19556 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19557 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19558 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19559 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19562 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22164
19567 ;;;;;; 57535 807192 607000))
19568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19570 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19571 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19573 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19574 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19575 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22164 57534 955192 607000))
19582 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19583 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22171 30780
19588 ;;;;;; 156984 795000))
19589 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19591 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19592 Major mode for editing XML.
19594 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19595 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19596 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19597 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19598 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19599 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19600 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19602 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19604 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19605 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19607 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19608 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19609 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19610 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19613 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19614 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19615 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19616 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19617 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19618 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19620 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19621 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19622 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19624 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19625 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19626 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19628 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19629 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19630 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19631 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19632 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19633 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19634 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19635 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19636 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19638 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19640 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19641 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19644 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22164 57535
19649 ;;;;;; 515192 607000))
19650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19652 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19653 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19655 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19656 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19657 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19658 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19660 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19663 \\{octave-mode-map}
19667 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19668 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19669 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19671 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19673 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19674 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19676 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19677 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19678 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19682 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22164 57535
19687 ;;;;;; 527192 607000))
19688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19690 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19692 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19693 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19694 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19695 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19696 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19698 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19702 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19703 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19704 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19705 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19706 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19707 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19708 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19709 Directories to search when finding external units.
19710 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19711 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19715 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19716 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22189 60738 961741 19000))
19723 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19725 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19726 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19728 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19730 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19731 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19732 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19733 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19734 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19735 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19737 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19739 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19740 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19741 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19742 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19743 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19745 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19747 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19748 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19752 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19753 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19757 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19758 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19759 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19761 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19762 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19763 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19764 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19765 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19766 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19767 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19768 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19769 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19770 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19772 The following commands are available:
19778 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19779 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19781 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19782 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19783 in special contexts.
19785 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19786 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19787 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19788 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19789 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19790 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19791 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19792 properties in the buffer.
19793 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19794 including any drawers.
19796 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19798 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19799 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19800 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19801 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19802 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19803 and zoom in further.
19804 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19805 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19807 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19808 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19809 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19810 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19811 times right after creating a new headline.
19813 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19814 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19815 is negative, go up that many levels.
19817 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19818 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19819 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19821 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19822 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19823 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19824 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19828 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19829 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19830 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19831 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19834 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19836 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19837 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19838 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19839 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19840 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19841 defined by Org-mode).
19843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19845 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19846 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19850 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19851 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19855 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19856 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19857 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19858 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19861 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19863 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19864 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19865 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19866 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19868 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19869 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19870 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19872 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19873 part of Org's core.
19875 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19880 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19881 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19882 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19886 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19887 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19888 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19893 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19894 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19896 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19898 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19899 Switch between Org buffers.
19900 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19901 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19903 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19904 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19908 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19910 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19912 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19913 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19914 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19915 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19919 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19920 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19922 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19924 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19925 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19926 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19930 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19931 Reload all org lisp files.
19932 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19934 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19936 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19937 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22164 57535
19944 ;;;;;; 151192 607000))
19945 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19947 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19948 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19952 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19953 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19954 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19955 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19957 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19958 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19959 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19960 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19961 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19962 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19963 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19964 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19965 e Export views to associated files.
19966 s Search entries for keywords.
19967 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19968 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19969 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19970 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19971 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19972 > Remove a previous restriction.
19973 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19974 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19975 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19977 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19978 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19979 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19981 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19982 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19983 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19984 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19987 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19989 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19990 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19991 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19992 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19993 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19994 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19995 before running the agenda command.
19997 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19999 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20000 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20001 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20002 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20003 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20004 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20005 before running the agenda command.
20007 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20008 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20010 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20012 category The category of the item
20013 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20014 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20015 todo selected in TODO match
20016 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20017 diary imported from diary
20018 deadline a deadline on given date
20019 scheduled scheduled on given date
20020 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20021 closed entry was closed on given date
20022 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20023 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20024 block entry has date block including g. date
20025 todo The todo keyword, if any
20026 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20027 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20028 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20029 extra Sting with extra planning info
20030 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20031 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20032 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20034 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20036 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20037 Store agenda views.
20039 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20041 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20042 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20044 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20046 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20047 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20048 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20049 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20051 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20052 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20053 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20055 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20056 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20058 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20059 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20061 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20063 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20064 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20066 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20067 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20068 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20069 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20072 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20073 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20074 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20075 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20076 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20077 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20079 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20080 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20081 including newlines.
20083 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20084 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20085 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20086 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20087 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20088 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20089 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20091 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20092 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20093 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20094 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20096 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20097 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20098 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20099 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20100 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20101 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20102 Boolean search must match as full words.
20104 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20105 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20107 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20109 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20110 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20111 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20112 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20113 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20114 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20118 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20119 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20120 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20122 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20124 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20125 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20126 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20127 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20128 `org-stuck-projects'.
20130 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20132 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20133 Return diary information from org files.
20134 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20135 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20136 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20137 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20138 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20140 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20142 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20144 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20145 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20149 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20150 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20151 So the example above may also be written as
20153 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20155 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20156 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20157 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20159 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20161 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20162 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20164 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20166 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20167 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20168 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20169 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20170 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20172 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20174 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20175 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20176 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20180 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20181 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20182 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20185 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20186 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20188 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20189 for filtering entries out.
20191 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20192 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20193 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20195 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20196 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20198 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20199 (category \"Work\"))
20201 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20202 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20204 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20205 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20206 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20207 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20208 details and examples.
20210 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20211 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20213 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22164 57535
20218 ;;;;;; 151192 607000))
20219 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20221 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20222 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20224 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20226 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20228 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20229 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20230 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20231 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20232 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20233 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20235 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20236 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20237 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20240 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20242 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20243 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20246 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20247 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20248 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20249 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20251 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20253 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20254 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22164 57535
20261 ;;;;;; 155192 607000))
20262 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20264 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20265 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20269 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20274 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20275 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20276 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20278 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20280 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20281 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20283 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20285 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20286 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20288 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20290 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20291 Write the column view table.
20292 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20294 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20295 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20296 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20297 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20298 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20299 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20300 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20301 using `org-id-find'.
20302 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20303 a hline before each level <= that number.
20304 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20305 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20307 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20308 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20310 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20312 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20313 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20317 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20318 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22195 13278
20325 ;;;;;; 247727 967000))
20326 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20328 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20329 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22164 57535 163192
20337 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20339 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20340 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20347 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20348 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20350 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20351 The release version of org-mode.
20352 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20356 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20357 The Git version of org-mode.
20358 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22164 57535 255192
20366 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20367 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20368 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20370 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20371 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20372 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20373 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20375 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20376 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20377 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20378 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20380 \\{outline-mode-map}
20381 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20382 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20383 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20384 are used when point is on a heading line.
20386 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20387 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20388 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20390 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20391 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20395 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20396 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20397 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20398 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20399 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20401 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20404 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" t)
20409 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20410 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20412 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20413 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20414 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20415 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20416 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20418 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20419 activate the package system at any time.")
20421 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20423 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20424 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20425 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20426 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20427 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20429 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20430 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20431 loading packages twice.
20433 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20435 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20436 Import keys from FILE.
20438 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20440 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20441 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20442 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20443 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20444 and make them available for download.
20445 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20446 downloads in the background.
20448 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20450 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20451 Install the package PKG.
20452 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20453 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20455 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20456 `package-selected-packages'.
20458 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20459 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20461 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20463 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20464 Install a package from the current buffer.
20465 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20466 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20467 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20469 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20470 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20471 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20473 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20477 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20478 Install a package from a file.
20479 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20484 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20485 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20486 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20490 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20491 Reinstall package PKG.
20492 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20497 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20498 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20500 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20501 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20506 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20507 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20509 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20511 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20512 Display a list of packages.
20513 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20514 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20515 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20517 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20519 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22164 57535 255192 607000))
20524 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20526 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20527 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20528 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20531 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20533 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20535 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20536 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20537 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20538 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20539 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20541 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20542 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20543 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22226
20550 ;;;;;; 55133 144211 947000))
20551 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20552 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20554 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20555 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20556 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20557 unknown are returned as nil.
20559 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22164 57535
20564 ;;;;;; 535192 607000))
20565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20567 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20568 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20569 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20571 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20572 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20574 Other useful functions are:
20576 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20577 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20578 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20579 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20580 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20581 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20582 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20583 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20584 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20586 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20588 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20589 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20590 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20591 Indentation for case statements.
20592 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20593 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20595 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20596 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20597 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20598 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20599 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20600 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20601 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20602 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20603 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20604 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20606 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20607 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22164
20614 ;;;;;; 57535 255192 607000))
20615 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20617 (defvar password-cache t "\
20618 Whether to cache passwords.")
20620 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20622 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20623 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20624 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20626 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20628 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20629 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20631 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22195 13277
20636 ;;;;;; 947727 967000))
20637 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20639 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20640 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20641 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20643 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20644 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20645 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20646 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20648 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20649 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20650 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20652 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20653 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20654 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20655 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20656 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20659 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20660 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20661 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20662 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20664 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20666 _ matches anything.
20667 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20668 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20669 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20670 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20671 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20672 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20673 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20674 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20675 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20676 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20677 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20678 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20680 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20682 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20683 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20684 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20685 which is the value being matched.
20686 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20687 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20689 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20690 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20692 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20694 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20696 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20697 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20699 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20701 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20703 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20704 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20705 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20706 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20707 variable name being but a special case of it).
20709 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20711 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20713 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20715 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20716 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20717 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20718 of the form (PAT EXP).
20720 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20722 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20724 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20725 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20726 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20727 of the form (PAT EXP).
20728 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20729 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20732 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20734 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20736 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20739 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20741 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20743 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20744 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20745 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20748 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20750 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20752 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22164 57535 255192
20758 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20760 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20761 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22224 13401 634549
20769 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20771 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20772 Completion for `gzip'.
20776 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20777 Completion for `bzip2'.
20781 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20782 Completion for GNU `make'.
20786 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20787 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20791 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20792 Completion for the GNU find utility.
20796 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22164 57535
20801 ;;;;;; 255192 607000))
20802 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20804 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20805 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20809 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20810 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20814 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20815 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22164 57535 259192
20823 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20825 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20826 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22164 57535 259192
20834 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20836 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20837 Completion for `cd'.
20841 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20843 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20844 Completion for `rmdir'.
20848 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20849 Completion for `rm'.
20853 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20854 Completion for `xargs'.
20858 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20860 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20861 Completion for `which'.
20865 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20866 Completion for the `chown' command.
20870 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20871 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20875 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20876 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20880 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20881 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20882 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22164 57535 259192
20890 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20892 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20893 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20897 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20898 Completion for the `ack' command.
20899 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20904 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20906 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20907 Completion for the `ag' command.
20913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22164 57535 259192
20915 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20917 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20918 Support extensible programmable completion.
20919 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20920 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20922 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20924 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20925 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20929 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20930 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20931 This will modify the current buffer.
20935 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20936 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20940 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20941 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20942 This will modify the current buffer.
20946 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20947 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20951 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20952 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20956 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20957 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20958 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20959 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20960 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20962 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20964 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20965 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22189 60739 309741 19000))
20972 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20974 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20975 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20976 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20977 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20979 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20981 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20983 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20984 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20985 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20986 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20987 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20988 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20991 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20993 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20994 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20995 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20996 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20997 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20998 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20999 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21000 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21002 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21004 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21005 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21006 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21007 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21008 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21009 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21010 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21013 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21015 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21016 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21017 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21018 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21019 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21020 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21021 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21023 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21025 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21026 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21027 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21029 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21031 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21032 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21033 A value of nil means never do it.
21034 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21035 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21036 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21038 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21040 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21041 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21042 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22164 57535
21047 ;;;;;; 859192 607000))
21048 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21050 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21051 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22164
21056 ;;;;;; 57535 539192 607000))
21057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21058 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21059 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21060 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21061 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21062 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21063 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21065 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21066 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21067 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21068 Tab indents for Perl code.
21069 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21070 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21071 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21073 Variables controlling indentation style:
21074 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21075 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21076 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21077 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21078 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21079 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21080 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21082 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21083 `perl-indent-level'
21084 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21085 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21086 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21087 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21088 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21089 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21090 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21091 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21092 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21093 `perl-brace-offset'
21094 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21095 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21096 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21097 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21098 `perl-label-offset'
21099 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21100 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21101 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21103 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21104 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21105 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21106 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21107 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21108 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21109 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21111 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22164 57535
21118 ;;;;;; 807192 607000))
21119 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21121 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21122 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21123 \\<picture-mode-map>
21124 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21125 afterwards settable by these commands:
21127 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21128 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21129 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21130 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21132 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21133 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21134 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21135 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21137 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21138 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21139 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21140 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21142 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21143 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21144 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21145 with these commands:
21147 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21148 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21149 Move to column following last
21150 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21151 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21152 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21153 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21154 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21155 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21157 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21159 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21160 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21161 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21162 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21163 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21164 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21166 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21167 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21168 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21169 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21170 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21171 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21172 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21174 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21175 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21176 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21177 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21178 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21179 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21180 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21181 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21183 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21184 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21185 by supplying an argument.
21187 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21189 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21190 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21194 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22220 16330 783423
21200 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21201 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21203 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21204 Start a Pinentry service.
21206 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21207 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21209 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21212 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (22221 37190 24505 663000))
21217 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
21219 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21220 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21222 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21224 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21225 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22164 57535 807192
21233 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21235 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21236 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21237 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21239 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22164 57535 303192 607000))
21244 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21246 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21247 Play pong and waste time.
21248 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21249 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21251 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (22221 37189 976505 663000))
21260 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
21262 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21263 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21264 Use streaming commands.
21266 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22164 57534 207192
21272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21274 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21275 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21276 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21277 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21279 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21281 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21282 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21286 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21287 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21288 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21289 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21290 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21292 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21294 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21295 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21296 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21298 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21300 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21301 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21303 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21305 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21306 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21307 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21308 Ignores leading comment characters.
21312 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21313 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21314 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21315 Ignores leading comment characters.
21321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22164 57535 315192
21323 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21324 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21326 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21327 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21329 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21331 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21333 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21335 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21336 Preview directory using ghostview.
21338 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21339 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21340 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21341 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21343 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21344 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21345 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21346 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21347 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21350 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21352 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21355 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21357 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21358 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21359 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21360 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21362 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21363 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21364 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21365 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21366 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21369 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21371 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21373 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21374 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21376 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21377 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21378 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21379 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21381 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21382 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21383 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21384 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21385 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21388 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21390 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21392 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21393 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21395 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21397 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21398 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21399 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21400 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21402 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21403 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21404 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21405 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21406 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21409 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21411 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21413 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21414 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21416 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21417 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21418 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21420 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21421 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21422 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21423 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21425 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21427 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21428 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21430 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21431 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21432 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21434 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21435 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21436 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21437 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21439 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21441 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21442 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21444 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21445 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21446 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21448 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21449 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21450 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21451 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21453 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21455 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21456 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21458 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21460 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21461 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21462 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21464 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21465 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21466 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21467 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21469 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21471 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21472 Preview region using ghostview.
21474 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21476 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21478 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21479 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21481 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21483 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21485 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21486 Print region using PostScript printer.
21488 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21490 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21492 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21493 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21495 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21497 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21499 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21500 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21502 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21504 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21506 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21507 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21509 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21511 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21513 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21514 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21516 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21518 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21520 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21521 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21523 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21525 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21527 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21528 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21529 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21530 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21532 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21535 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21536 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21538 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21540 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21542 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21543 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21544 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21545 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21549 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21550 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21551 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21552 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21556 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21557 Print directory using text printer.
21559 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21562 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21563 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21565 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21567 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21569 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21570 Print buffer using text printer.
21574 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21575 Print region using text printer.
21579 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21580 Print major mode using text printer.
21584 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21585 Preview spooled PostScript.
21587 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21588 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21589 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21591 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21592 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21593 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21595 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21597 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21598 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21600 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21601 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21602 instead of sending it to the printer.
21604 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21605 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21606 image in a file with that name.
21608 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21610 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21611 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21613 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21614 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21615 instead of sending it to the printer.
21617 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21618 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21619 image in a file with that name.
21621 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21623 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21624 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21626 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21627 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21628 instead of sending it to the printer.
21630 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21631 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21632 image in a file with that name.
21634 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21636 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21637 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21639 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21641 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21642 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21644 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21646 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21647 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21649 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21651 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21652 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21654 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21656 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21657 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21659 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21661 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21662 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21664 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21665 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21666 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21667 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21669 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21670 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21671 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21672 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21673 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21674 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21677 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21679 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21680 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21684 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21685 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21687 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21689 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21694 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21695 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21699 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21700 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21704 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21705 Toggle printing with faces.
21709 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21714 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21719 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21722 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21724 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21729 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21734 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21735 Toggle upside-down.
21739 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21740 Toggle line number.
21744 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21745 Toggle zebra stripes.
21749 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21750 Toggle printing header.
21754 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21755 Toggle printing header frame.
21759 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21764 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21765 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21769 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21774 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21775 Customization of the `printing' group.
21777 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21779 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21780 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21782 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21784 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21785 Help for the printing package.
21787 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21789 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21790 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21794 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21795 Interactively select a text printer.
21799 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21800 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21804 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21805 Show current ps-print settings.
21807 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21809 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21810 Show current printing settings.
21812 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21814 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21815 Show current lpr settings.
21817 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21819 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21820 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21822 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21823 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21824 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21825 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21828 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21830 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21831 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21832 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21834 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21835 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21836 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21837 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21838 current active printer.
21840 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21841 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21842 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21845 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21846 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21847 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21848 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21849 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21852 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21853 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21855 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21857 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21858 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21859 be done using the new current active printer.
21861 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21862 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21865 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21866 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21867 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21868 instead of sending it to the printer.
21870 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21871 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21874 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21877 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21880 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21882 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21883 Fast fire function for text printing.
21885 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21886 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21887 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21888 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21890 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21891 user for a new active text printer.
21893 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21895 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21897 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21898 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21901 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21903 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21906 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22221 37190 44505 663000))
21911 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21913 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21914 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21915 \\<proced-mode-map>
21916 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21917 the process information.
21919 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21921 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22164 57535 319192
21930 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21932 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21933 Start/restart profilers.
21934 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21935 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21936 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21940 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21941 Open profile FILENAME.
21943 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21945 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21946 Open profile FILENAME.
21948 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21950 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21951 Open profile FILENAME.
21953 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22189 60739
21958 ;;;;;; 129741 19000))
21959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21961 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21962 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21963 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
21964 the user for a different directory to look in.
21966 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
21968 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
21969 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
21970 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
21971 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
21973 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21975 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
21976 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
21977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
21978 pattern to search for.
21980 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21982 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
21983 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
21984 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
21989 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
21990 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
21991 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
21998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22195 13278
21999 ;;;;;; 291727 967000))
22000 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22002 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22003 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22005 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22006 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22008 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22010 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22011 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22014 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22018 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22019 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22020 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22024 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22025 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22026 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22164 57535 651192 607000))
22033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22035 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22036 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22037 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22039 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22164 57535
22044 ;;;;;; 543192 607000))
22045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22046 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22048 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22049 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22051 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22053 The following variables hold user options, and can
22054 be set through the `customize' command:
22057 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22058 `ps-mode-print-function'
22060 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22064 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22067 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22073 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22074 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22075 The keymap for this second window is:
22077 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22080 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22081 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22082 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22083 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22084 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22220 16330 855423
22092 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22093 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22095 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22096 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22097 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22099 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22101 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22102 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22103 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22104 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22106 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22108 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22109 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22113 nil Do not print colors.
22117 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22118 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22120 Any other value is treated as t.")
22122 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22124 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22125 Customization of ps-print group.
22129 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22130 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22132 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22133 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22134 sending it to the printer.
22136 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22137 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22138 image in a file with that name.
22140 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22142 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22143 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22144 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22145 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22146 so it has a way to determine color values.
22148 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22150 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22151 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22152 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22154 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22156 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22157 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22158 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22159 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22160 so it has a way to determine color values.
22162 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22164 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22165 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22166 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22167 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22169 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22173 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22174 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22175 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22176 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22177 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22179 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22183 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22184 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22185 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22187 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22189 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22191 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22192 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22193 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22194 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22195 so it has a way to determine color values.
22197 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22199 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22201 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22202 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22204 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22205 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22206 instead of sending it to the printer.
22208 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22209 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22210 image in a file with that name.
22212 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22214 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22215 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22216 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22217 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22218 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22222 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22223 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22224 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22226 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22228 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22229 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22230 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22232 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22234 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22235 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22239 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22240 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22242 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22243 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22245 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22246 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22248 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22250 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22252 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22254 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22255 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22257 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22258 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22260 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22261 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22263 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22265 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22267 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22269 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22270 foreground and background colors respectively.
22272 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22273 bold - use bold font.
22274 italic - use italic font.
22275 underline - put a line under text.
22276 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22277 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22278 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22279 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22280 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22282 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22284 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22164 57533 943192
22290 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22291 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22293 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22294 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22295 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22297 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22299 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22300 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22301 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22303 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22189 60739
22308 ;;;;;; 137741 19000))
22309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22310 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22312 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22314 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22316 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22317 Run an inferior Python process.
22319 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22320 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22321 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22322 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22323 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22325 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22326 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22327 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22328 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22330 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22331 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22332 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22334 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22336 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22337 Major mode for editing Python files.
22339 \\{python-mode-map}
22345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (22221 37189 944505 663000))
22346 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
22348 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22349 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22350 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22353 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22354 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22356 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22357 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22358 them into characters should be done separately.
22360 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22189 60738
22365 ;;;;;; 377741 19000))
22366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22368 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22369 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22373 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22374 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22375 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22377 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22378 `quail-activate', which see.
22380 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22382 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22383 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22384 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22385 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22386 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22387 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22388 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22390 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22391 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22392 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22393 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22394 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22396 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22398 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22399 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22400 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22401 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22402 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22403 list of candidates.
22405 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22406 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22407 command to be called.
22409 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22410 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22411 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22412 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22414 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22415 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22416 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22417 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22418 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22421 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22422 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22423 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22424 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22426 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22427 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22428 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22429 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22430 defines no translations for single character keys.
22432 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22433 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22434 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22435 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22436 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22437 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22439 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22440 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22441 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22442 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22443 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22444 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22446 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22447 covers Quail translation region.
22449 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22450 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22451 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22452 for it) is inserted.
22454 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22455 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22456 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22458 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22459 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22460 non-Quail commands.
22462 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22464 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22465 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22467 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22468 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22469 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22470 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22471 you type is correctly handled.
22473 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22475 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22476 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22478 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22481 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22483 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22484 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22485 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22486 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22487 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22488 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22489 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22490 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22491 for the translation.
22492 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22494 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22495 it is used to handle KEY.
22497 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22498 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22499 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22500 the following annotation types are supported.
22502 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22503 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22505 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22508 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22509 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22510 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22513 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22514 generated for the following translations.
22516 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22518 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22519 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22521 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22522 which to install MAP.
22524 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22526 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22528 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22529 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22531 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22532 which to install MAP.
22534 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22536 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22538 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22539 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22540 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22541 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22542 a function, or a cons.
22543 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22544 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22545 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22546 for the translation.
22547 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22548 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22549 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22550 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22551 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22553 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22554 it is used to handle KEY.
22556 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22557 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22558 current Quail package.
22560 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22561 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22563 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22565 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22566 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22568 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22569 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22571 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22573 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22574 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22576 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22578 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22579 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22580 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22581 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22582 of the Emacs source tree.
22584 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22585 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22587 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22588 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22591 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22164
22596 ;;;;;; 57534 791192 607000))
22597 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22599 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22600 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22601 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22602 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22604 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22609 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 799192 607000))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22612 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22613 Activate UCS input method.
22614 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22616 While this input method is active, the variable
22617 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22619 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22164 57534 955192
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22627 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22628 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22629 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22630 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22632 To make use of this do something like:
22634 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22636 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22638 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22639 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22641 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22642 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22643 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22645 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22647 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22648 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22650 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22652 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22653 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22655 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22658 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22660 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22661 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22663 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22664 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22665 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22667 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22669 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22670 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22672 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22674 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22675 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22679 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22680 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22682 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22684 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22688 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22689 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22191 16060 565822
22697 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22699 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22700 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22702 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22704 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22708 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22710 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22713 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
22715 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22716 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22717 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22720 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22722 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22724 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22725 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22727 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22728 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22164
22735 ;;;;;; 57534 211192 607000))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22738 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22740 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22741 Construct a regexp interactively.
22742 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22743 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22744 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22746 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22747 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22164 57535 675192
22755 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22757 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22758 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22759 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22761 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22762 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22764 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22766 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22767 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22768 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22769 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22770 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22772 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22773 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22774 were operated on recently.
22776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22174 6972 772792 520000))
22781 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22783 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22784 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22785 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22786 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22789 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22790 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22793 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22795 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22796 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22797 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22799 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22800 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22803 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22805 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22806 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22807 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22809 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22811 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22812 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22814 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22815 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22817 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22820 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22821 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22822 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22823 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22826 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22828 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22829 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22831 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22833 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22834 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22838 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22839 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22840 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22841 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22842 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22843 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22844 and point is at the lower right corner.
22846 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22848 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22849 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22851 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22852 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22854 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22855 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22856 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22858 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22860 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22862 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22863 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22864 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22865 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22866 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22868 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22869 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22871 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22873 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22874 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22875 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22877 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22879 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22881 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22883 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22884 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22886 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22887 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22888 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22890 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22892 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22893 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22894 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22896 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22897 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22898 rectangle which were empty.
22900 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22902 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22903 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22905 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22906 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22907 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22908 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22910 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22912 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22913 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22914 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22164 57535
22921 ;;;;;; 811192 607000))
22922 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22924 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22925 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22926 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22927 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22928 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22930 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22931 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22932 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22935 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22164 57535
22942 ;;;;;; 815192 607000))
22943 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22944 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22945 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22946 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22947 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22949 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22950 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22954 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22955 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22957 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22958 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22960 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22961 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22962 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22965 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22966 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22967 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22969 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22970 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22971 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22973 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22974 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22976 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22977 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22979 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22980 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22983 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22987 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22988 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22989 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22189
22996 ;;;;;; 60739 285741 19000))
22997 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22998 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22999 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23000 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23001 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22164
23006 ;;;;;; 57534 211192 607000))
23007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23009 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23010 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23011 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23012 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23013 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23014 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23016 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23017 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23019 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23021 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23022 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23024 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23026 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23027 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23028 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23029 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23031 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22164 57534 211192
23037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23038 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22164 57535
23043 ;;;;;; 815192 607000))
23044 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23045 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23047 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23048 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23049 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23050 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23052 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23054 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23056 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23057 Call `remember' in another frame.
23059 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23061 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23062 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23063 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23067 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23068 Extract diary entries from the region.
23072 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23073 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23074 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23075 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23077 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23079 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23080 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23081 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23084 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23086 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23089 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23090 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23091 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23093 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22164 57535 675192 607000))
23098 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23099 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23101 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23102 Repeat most recently executed command.
23103 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23104 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23105 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23107 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23108 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23109 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23110 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23112 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23113 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23114 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23116 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22164 57534
23121 ;;;;;; 811192 607000))
23122 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23124 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23125 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23127 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23128 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23129 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23130 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23131 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23132 and point is left after the salutation.
23134 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23135 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23136 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23137 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23138 left after that text.
23140 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23143 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23144 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23145 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23146 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23148 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22164 57535 679192
23154 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23156 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23157 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23158 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23159 visibility of comments that precede it.
23160 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23161 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23162 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23163 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23164 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23165 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23166 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23167 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23169 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23170 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23171 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23172 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23173 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22164 57535 679192 607000))
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23182 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23183 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23184 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23185 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23186 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23188 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23189 reveals invisible text around point.
23191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23193 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23194 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23195 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23196 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23197 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23198 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23200 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23202 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23203 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23204 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23206 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23207 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23208 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22164 57534 211192
23216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23218 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23219 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23223 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23224 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23226 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22164 57534 959192
23232 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23234 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23235 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23236 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23237 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23239 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23241 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23242 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23243 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23244 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23246 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23247 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23249 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23250 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23252 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23253 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23256 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23257 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23258 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23259 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23260 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23262 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23263 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23264 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23265 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23267 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23268 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23271 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22174 6972 640792
23277 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23279 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23280 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23282 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23284 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23286 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23287 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23288 Its name should end with a slash.")
23290 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23291 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23293 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23294 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23295 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23297 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23299 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23300 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23301 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23302 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23303 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23304 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23305 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23307 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23308 sent by you under different user names.
23309 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23311 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23313 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23315 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23317 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23318 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23319 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23322 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23324 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23325 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23326 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23327 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23328 which normally happens once for each message,
23329 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23330 To make a change in this variable take effect
23331 for a message that you have already viewed,
23332 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23334 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23336 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23337 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23338 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23339 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23341 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23343 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23344 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23346 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23348 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23349 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23350 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23352 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23354 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23355 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23356 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23357 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23358 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23359 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23361 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23363 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23364 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23366 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23368 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23369 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23371 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23373 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23374 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23376 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23377 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23379 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23381 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23382 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23384 This is set to nil by default.")
23386 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23387 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23388 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23389 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23390 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23391 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23392 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23394 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23395 Read and edit incoming mail.
23396 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23397 file in RMAIL Mode.
23398 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23400 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23401 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23402 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23403 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23405 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23407 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23409 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23410 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23411 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23412 Instead, these commands are available:
23414 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23415 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23416 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23417 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23418 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23419 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23420 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23421 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23422 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23423 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23424 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23425 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23426 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23427 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23428 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23429 till a deleted message is found.
23430 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23431 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23432 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23433 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23434 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23435 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23436 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23437 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23438 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23439 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23440 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23441 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23442 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23443 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23444 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23445 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23446 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23447 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23448 (label defaults to last one specified).
23449 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23450 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23451 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23452 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23453 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23454 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23455 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23456 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23457 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23461 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23462 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23464 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23466 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23467 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23469 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22164 57534
23474 ;;;;;; 831192 607000))
23475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23476 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23478 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23479 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23480 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23481 case it writes Babyl.
23483 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23484 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23485 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23486 `rmail-default-file'.
23488 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23489 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23490 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23492 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23493 the header display is currently pruned.
23495 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23496 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23497 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23498 messages after output.
23500 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23501 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23502 message (if writing a file directly).
23504 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23505 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23507 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23509 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23510 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23511 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23512 i) the header is output as currently seen
23513 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23514 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23516 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23517 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23518 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23520 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23522 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23523 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23524 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23525 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23526 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23527 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23528 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23530 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23531 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23532 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23534 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22183 21960
23539 ;;;;;; 606603 947000))
23540 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23542 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23543 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23546 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22171 30780
23551 ;;;;;; 160984 795000))
23552 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23554 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23555 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23556 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23557 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22171 30780
23564 ;;;;;; 172984 795000))
23565 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23567 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23568 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23570 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23571 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23572 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23573 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23574 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23575 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23576 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23577 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23578 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23579 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23581 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23582 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23583 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23584 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23585 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23586 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23587 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23588 to use for finding the schema.
23590 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22170 9914 185954
23596 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23598 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
23600 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23601 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23602 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23603 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23604 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23605 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
23606 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23607 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23608 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23609 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23610 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23611 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23612 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23613 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23614 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23615 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23618 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21953 58033
23623 ;;;;;; 303058 929000))
23624 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23626 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23627 Define a robin package.
23629 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23630 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23631 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23632 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23634 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23635 one replaces the old one.
23637 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23639 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23640 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23642 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23643 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23644 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23646 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23648 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23649 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23651 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22164 57535 679192 607000))
23656 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23658 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23659 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23661 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23663 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23664 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23666 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23668 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23669 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23671 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23673 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23674 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23675 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23677 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23678 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23681 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23685 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23686 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22164 57535 819192
23694 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23695 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23697 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23698 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23701 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23702 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23709 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23710 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23712 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23713 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23715 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23716 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23717 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22189
23724 ;;;;;; 60739 145741 19000))
23725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23726 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23728 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23729 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23735 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23737 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22164 57535 683192
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23744 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23746 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23747 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23748 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23750 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23751 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23752 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23753 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23754 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22164 57534 211192
23762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23764 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23765 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23766 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23767 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23769 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23771 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23772 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23773 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23775 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23776 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23777 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23779 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23783 matches string STRING literally.
23786 matches character CHAR literally.
23788 `not-newline', `nonl'
23789 matches any character except a newline.
23792 matches any character
23797 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23798 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23799 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23801 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23802 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23803 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23804 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23806 `(not (any SET ...))'
23807 matches any character not in SET ...
23809 `line-start', `bol'
23810 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23811 in the text being matched
23814 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23816 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23817 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23818 string being matched against.
23820 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23821 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23822 string being matched against.
23825 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23826 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23829 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23830 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23833 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23835 `word-start', `bow'
23836 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23839 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23842 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23845 `(not word-boundary)'
23846 `not-word-boundary'
23847 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23851 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23854 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23856 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23857 matches 0 through 9.
23860 matches ASCII control characters.
23862 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23863 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23866 matches space and tab only.
23869 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23870 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23871 unassigned by Unicode.
23873 `printing', `print'
23874 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23876 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23877 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23878 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23880 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23881 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23882 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23885 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23888 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23890 `lower', `lower-case'
23891 matches anything lower-case.
23893 `upper', `upper-case'
23894 matches anything upper-case.
23896 `punctuation', `punct'
23897 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23898 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23900 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23901 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23904 matches anything that has word syntax.
23907 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23910 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23911 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23912 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23914 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23915 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23918 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23919 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23920 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23921 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23922 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23924 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23925 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23926 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23927 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23928 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23930 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23931 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23933 `(category CATEGORY)'
23934 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23935 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23937 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23938 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23939 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23940 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23944 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23945 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23946 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23947 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23948 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23949 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23950 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23951 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23952 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23953 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23954 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23955 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23956 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23957 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23966 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23970 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23972 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23977 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23978 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23980 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23981 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23982 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23983 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23984 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23986 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23987 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23988 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23989 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23991 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23992 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23993 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23996 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23997 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23998 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23999 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24000 regular expression.
24002 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24003 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24004 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24005 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24006 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24008 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24009 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24011 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24012 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24014 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24016 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24019 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24020 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24023 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24024 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24026 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24028 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24031 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24034 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24036 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24037 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24039 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24042 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24045 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24049 matches N occurrences.
24052 matches N or more occurrences.
24054 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24055 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24056 matches N to M occurrences.
24059 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24062 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24066 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24068 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22164 57534
24073 ;;;;;; 963192 607000))
24074 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24075 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22164 57535 683192
24081 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24082 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24084 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24085 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24086 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24088 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24089 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24091 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24093 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24094 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24096 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24097 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24099 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24100 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24101 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24102 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24104 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24105 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24106 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22164 57535 683192
24114 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24116 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24117 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24118 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24120 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24121 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24123 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24125 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24126 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24127 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24128 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22220 16330
24135 ;;;;;; 815423 271000))
24136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24138 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24139 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24140 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24142 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24143 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24144 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24145 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24146 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24147 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24148 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24149 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24152 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24153 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24154 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24158 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24159 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24160 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24163 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24164 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24165 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24166 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24167 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24168 that variable's value is a string.
24174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22164 57534
24175 ;;;;;; 695192 607000))
24176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24178 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24179 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24180 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24182 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22164 57535 683192
24190 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24192 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24193 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24194 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24196 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24197 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24199 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24201 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24202 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24203 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24204 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24205 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24207 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24208 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22164 57535
24215 ;;;;;; 683192 607000))
24216 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24218 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24219 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24220 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24221 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24222 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24223 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24224 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24225 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22164 57534 963192
24233 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24234 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24235 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22164 57533
24240 ;;;;;; 947192 607000))
24241 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24242 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24244 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24245 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24246 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24248 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24249 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24250 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24251 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24252 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24253 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24254 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24255 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24256 keybinding for tag names.
24257 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24258 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24259 of the symbol under point.
24260 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24261 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24262 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24263 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24264 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24266 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24268 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24270 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24271 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24272 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24274 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24275 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24277 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24279 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24280 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24281 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24282 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24283 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24285 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24286 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24287 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24288 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24291 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24298 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 951192 607000))
24299 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24301 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24302 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24309 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 7192 607000))
24310 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24312 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24313 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22164 57534
24320 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
24321 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24323 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24324 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24326 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24328 If `parens', they look like:
24329 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24330 If `angles', they look like:
24331 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24333 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24334 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24336 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24338 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24339 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24340 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24341 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24343 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24344 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24345 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24346 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24348 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24350 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24351 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24352 This is done when the message is initialized,
24353 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24355 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24357 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24358 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24359 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24361 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24363 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24364 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24365 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24366 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24367 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24368 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24369 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24371 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24373 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24374 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24376 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24378 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24379 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24380 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24383 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24385 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24386 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24387 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24388 when you first send mail.")
24390 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24392 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24393 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24394 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24395 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24396 This file need not actually exist.")
24398 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24400 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24401 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24403 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24405 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24406 Alist of mail address aliases,
24407 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24408 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24409 can specify a different file name.)
24410 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24411 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24413 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24414 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24415 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24417 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24419 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24420 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24421 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24423 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24425 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24426 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24427 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24428 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24429 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24430 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24431 in the cited portion of the message.
24433 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24434 instead of no action.")
24436 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24438 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24439 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24440 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24441 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24442 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24444 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24446 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24447 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24448 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24449 If a string, that string is inserted.
24450 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24451 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24452 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24453 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24455 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24457 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24458 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24460 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24462 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24463 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24464 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24466 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24467 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24469 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24471 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24472 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24473 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24474 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24476 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24478 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24479 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24480 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24484 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24486 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24489 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24491 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24492 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24493 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24495 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24496 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24498 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24499 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24500 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24501 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24502 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24503 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24504 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24505 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24506 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24507 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24508 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24509 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24510 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24511 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24515 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24516 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24517 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24518 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24520 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24522 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24523 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24524 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24525 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24526 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24527 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24529 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24530 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24531 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24533 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24534 User should not set this variable manually,
24535 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24536 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24537 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24539 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24540 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24541 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24542 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24544 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24545 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24548 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24550 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24551 to move to message header fields:
24554 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24555 when the message is initialized.
24557 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24558 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24560 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24563 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24564 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24566 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24567 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24568 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24569 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24570 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24571 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24572 buffer without erasing the contents.
24574 The second through fifth arguments,
24575 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24576 the initial contents of those header fields.
24577 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24578 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24579 original message being replied to, or else an action
24580 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24581 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24582 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24583 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24584 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24585 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24587 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24589 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24590 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24592 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24594 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24595 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24597 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22208 25156 853078
24603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24604 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22164 57535 687192 607000))
24609 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24611 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24613 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24615 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24617 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24618 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24619 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24620 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24621 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24622 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24624 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24625 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24627 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24628 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24629 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24631 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24634 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24636 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24637 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24638 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24639 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24641 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24643 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24644 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24645 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24648 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24650 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24652 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24653 Toggle Server mode.
24654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24655 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24656 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24658 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24659 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24660 `server-start' for details.
24662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24664 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24665 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24666 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24668 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24669 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24671 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22195 13278 327727 967000))
24676 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24678 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24679 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24681 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24682 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24683 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24684 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24685 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24687 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24688 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24689 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24690 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24691 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24692 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24694 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24697 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24698 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24699 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24701 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24702 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24704 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24705 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24708 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24710 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24711 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24713 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22183
24720 ;;;;;; 21960 642603 947000))
24721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24723 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24724 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24726 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24729 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24730 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24731 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24733 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24736 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24738 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24739 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24744 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24745 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24746 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24747 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24748 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24749 which this is based.
24751 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24753 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24754 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24755 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24756 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24758 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24759 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24760 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24762 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24763 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24764 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24765 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24767 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24768 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24769 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24770 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24772 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24774 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24775 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24776 To work around that, do:
24777 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22220
24786 ;;;;;; 16330 827423 271000))
24787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24788 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24789 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24791 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24792 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24793 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24794 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24795 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24796 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24798 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24799 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24800 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24801 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24802 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24804 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24805 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24806 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24808 \\[sh-case] case statement
24809 \\[sh-for] for loop
24810 \\[sh-function] function definition
24811 \\[sh-if] if statement
24812 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24813 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24814 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24815 \\[sh-select] select loop
24816 \\[sh-until] until loop
24817 \\[sh-while] while loop
24819 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24820 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24821 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24822 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24823 would indent to the way it currently is.
24824 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24825 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24828 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24829 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24830 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24831 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24832 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24834 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24835 unquoted < insert a here document.
24837 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24838 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24839 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24841 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24842 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24846 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22164 57534
24851 ;;;;;; 211192 607000))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24854 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24855 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24857 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24858 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24859 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24861 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24862 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24863 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24864 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24867 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24869 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24871 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24872 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24873 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24875 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24876 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24878 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24879 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24880 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24881 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24882 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24883 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24884 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24887 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24888 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24889 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24890 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24891 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24893 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24894 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24896 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22164 57535 703192
24902 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24904 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24905 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24906 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24907 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24908 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24909 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24910 sites in the cluster.
24914 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24915 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24916 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24917 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24918 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24922 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24923 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24924 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24925 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24926 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24927 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24928 `shadow-define-cluster').
24932 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24933 Set up file shadowing.
24939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22164 57535 703192 607000))
24940 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24942 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24943 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24944 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24945 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24946 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24949 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24951 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24952 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24953 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24954 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24955 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24957 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24958 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24959 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24960 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24961 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24962 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24963 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24964 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24965 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24966 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24967 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24969 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24970 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24971 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24972 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24973 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24974 `default-process-coding-system'.
24976 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24977 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24978 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24979 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24981 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24983 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" t)
24988 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24990 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24991 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24993 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24995 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24996 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24997 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24998 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25000 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (22221 37189 996505
25006 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
25008 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25011 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25013 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25016 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25018 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25021 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25023 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25026 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (22221 37189
25031 ;;;;;; 996505 663000))
25032 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
25034 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25035 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25036 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25037 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25038 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25040 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22164 57535
25047 ;;;;;; 559192 607000))
25048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25050 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25051 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25052 \\{simula-mode-map}
25053 Variables controlling indentation style:
25054 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25055 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25056 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25057 `simula-indent-level'
25058 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25059 `simula-substatement-offset'
25060 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25061 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25062 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25063 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25064 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25065 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25066 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25067 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25068 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25069 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25070 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25071 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25072 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25073 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25074 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25075 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25076 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25077 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25078 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25079 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25080 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25081 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25082 or nil if they should not be changed.
25083 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25084 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25085 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25086 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25088 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25089 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22164 57535 731192
25097 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25099 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25100 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25102 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25103 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25104 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25105 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25107 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25109 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25111 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25113 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25114 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25115 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25116 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25117 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25119 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25120 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25122 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25124 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25125 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25127 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25128 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25129 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25130 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25132 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25133 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25134 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25135 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25137 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25138 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25139 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25141 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25142 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25144 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25145 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25147 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25148 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25150 _ interesting point, interregion here
25151 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25152 interesting point set by _
25153 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25154 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25155 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25156 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25157 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25158 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25161 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25162 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25164 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25165 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25166 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25167 as the first element when at bol.
25169 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25170 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25171 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25172 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25173 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25174 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25175 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25176 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25178 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25179 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25180 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25181 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25182 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25185 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25186 then: insert previously read string once more
25187 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25188 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25189 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25191 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25192 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25194 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25196 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25197 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25199 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25200 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25201 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25202 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25203 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25206 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25207 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25208 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25209 twice for the others.
25215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22189 60739
25216 ;;;;;; 309741 19000))
25217 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25219 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25220 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25221 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25224 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25226 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25227 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25229 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25230 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25231 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25235 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25236 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25237 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22208 25157 1078
25245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25247 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25248 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25249 A list of images is returned.
25251 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25253 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25254 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25255 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25257 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22164 57534
25262 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
25263 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25265 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25270 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25271 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22220 16330 787423
25279 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25281 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25282 Play the Snake game.
25283 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25285 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25287 Snake mode keybindings:
25289 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25290 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25291 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25292 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25293 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25294 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25295 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22164 57534
25302 ;;;;;; 967192 607000))
25303 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25305 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25306 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25307 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25308 Tab indents for C code.
25309 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25310 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25312 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25317 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25318 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25319 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25320 Tab indents for C code.
25321 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25322 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25324 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25325 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22164 57534
25332 ;;;;;; 987192 607000))
25333 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25334 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22195 13277 891727
25340 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25342 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25343 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25344 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25345 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25346 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25348 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22164 57535
25355 ;;;;;; 307192 607000))
25356 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25358 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25361 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25362 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25363 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25364 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25365 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25366 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25367 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25368 check after each move or undo.)
25372 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25373 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25374 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25393 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25394 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25395 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25396 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25398 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25399 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25400 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25403 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25404 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25406 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25422 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25424 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22164 57535 731192 607000))
25431 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25432 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25434 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25435 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25437 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25438 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25439 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25440 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25443 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25444 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25445 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25448 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25449 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25451 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25452 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25453 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25454 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25457 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25458 It should move point to the end of the record.
25460 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25461 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25462 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25463 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25464 starts at the beginning of the record.
25466 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25467 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25470 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25471 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25472 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25473 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25474 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25475 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25476 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25478 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25480 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25481 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25482 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25483 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25484 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25487 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25489 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25490 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25491 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25492 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25493 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25496 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25498 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25499 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25500 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25501 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25502 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25505 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25506 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25508 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25509 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25510 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25511 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25512 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25513 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25514 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25515 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25516 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25518 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25520 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25521 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25522 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25523 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25524 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25525 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25526 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25529 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25531 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25532 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25533 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25534 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25536 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25537 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25539 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25540 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25541 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25542 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25543 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25544 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25545 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25546 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25548 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25550 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25553 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25554 starting with the letter \"f\",
25555 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25557 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25559 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25560 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25561 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25562 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25563 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25564 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25565 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25568 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25569 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25570 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25571 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25572 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25574 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25576 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25577 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25578 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25580 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25582 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25583 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25584 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25585 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25586 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25587 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25588 each repeated line.
25590 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25591 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25592 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25593 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25595 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25596 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25598 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25599 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25601 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22205 48966 980819 751000))
25606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25608 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25609 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25610 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25611 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25612 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25613 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25615 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22207
25620 ;;;;;; 4296 768349 691000))
25621 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25623 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25624 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25626 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25627 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25628 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25630 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25632 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25633 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25634 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25637 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25639 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25640 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25641 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25643 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25645 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25646 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25647 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25648 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25653 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25654 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25655 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25656 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22195 13278 407727
25664 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25666 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25668 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25669 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25670 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25671 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25672 supported at a time.
25673 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25674 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25678 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25679 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25680 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25681 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22164 57535 307192
25689 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25691 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25692 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25696 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25697 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22189 60739 161741
25705 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25706 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25708 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25709 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25711 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25712 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25713 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25714 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25715 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25716 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25717 of the current highlighting list.
25721 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25722 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25724 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25725 `_t' as data types.
25727 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25729 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25730 Major mode to edit SQL.
25732 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25733 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25734 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25737 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25739 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25740 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25741 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25742 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25743 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25744 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25746 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25747 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25749 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25750 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25751 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25753 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25755 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25759 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25760 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25762 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25765 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25766 is specified in the connection settings.
25768 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25770 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25771 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25773 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25774 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25776 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25777 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25778 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25779 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25781 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25783 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25785 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25786 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25788 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25789 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25792 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25793 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25794 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25795 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25797 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25798 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25800 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25801 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25802 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25805 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25806 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25807 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25808 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25809 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25810 `default-process-coding-system'.
25812 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25814 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25816 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25817 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25819 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25820 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25823 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25824 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25825 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25826 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25828 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25829 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25831 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25832 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25833 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25836 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25837 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25838 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25839 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25840 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25841 `default-process-coding-system'.
25843 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25845 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25847 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25848 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25850 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25851 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25854 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25855 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25857 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25858 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25860 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25861 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25862 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25865 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25866 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25867 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25868 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25869 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25870 `default-process-coding-system'.
25872 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25874 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25876 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25877 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25879 SQLite is free software.
25881 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25882 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25885 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25886 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25887 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25888 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25890 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25891 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25893 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25894 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25895 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25898 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25899 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25900 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25901 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25902 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25903 `default-process-coding-system'.
25905 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25907 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25909 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25910 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25912 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25914 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25915 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25918 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25919 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25920 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25921 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25923 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25924 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25926 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25927 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25928 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25931 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25932 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25933 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25934 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25935 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25936 `default-process-coding-system'.
25938 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25940 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25942 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25943 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25945 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25946 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25949 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25950 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25953 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25954 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25956 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25957 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25958 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25961 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25962 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25963 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25964 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25965 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25966 `default-process-coding-system'.
25968 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25972 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25973 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25975 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25976 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25979 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25980 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25982 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25983 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25985 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25986 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25987 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25990 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25991 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25992 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25993 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25994 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25995 `default-process-coding-system'.
25997 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25999 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26001 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26002 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26004 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26005 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26008 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26009 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26010 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26011 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26013 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26014 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26016 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26017 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26018 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26021 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26022 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26023 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26024 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26025 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26026 `default-process-coding-system'.
26028 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26030 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26032 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26033 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26035 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26036 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26039 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26040 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26041 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26042 `sql-postgres-options'.
26044 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26045 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26047 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26048 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26049 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26052 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26053 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26054 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26055 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26056 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26057 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26058 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26059 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26061 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26062 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26064 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26066 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26068 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26069 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26071 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26072 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26075 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26076 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26079 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26080 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26082 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26083 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26084 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26087 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26088 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26089 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26090 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26091 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26092 `default-process-coding-system'.
26094 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26096 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26098 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26099 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26101 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26102 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26105 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26108 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26109 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26111 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26112 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26113 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26114 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26116 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26117 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26118 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26121 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26122 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26123 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26124 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26125 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26126 `default-process-coding-system'.
26128 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26130 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26132 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26133 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26135 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26136 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26139 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26140 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26141 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26142 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26145 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26146 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26147 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26148 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26151 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26152 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26154 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26155 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26156 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26159 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26161 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26163 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26164 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26166 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22164 57534 7192
26172 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26173 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26178 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 19192 607000))
26179 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26181 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26182 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26186 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (22221 37189 996505
26192 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
26194 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26195 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26196 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26197 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26198 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26199 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26200 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26201 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26202 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26203 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26205 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26206 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26207 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26208 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26210 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22189 60739 257741
26216 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26218 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26219 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26220 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26221 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26222 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26223 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26225 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26227 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26229 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26230 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26231 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26232 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26233 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26234 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26235 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26237 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26239 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26240 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26241 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26242 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26243 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26244 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26245 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26247 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26249 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26250 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26251 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26253 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26255 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26256 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26257 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26259 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26261 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26262 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26264 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26266 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26267 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26271 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26272 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26276 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26277 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26278 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26280 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26282 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26284 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26285 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26286 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26287 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26288 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26289 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26291 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26293 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26294 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26295 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26296 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26297 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26299 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26300 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26301 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26302 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26303 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26305 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26306 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26307 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26308 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26310 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26312 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26314 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26315 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26316 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26317 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26319 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26321 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26322 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26330 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26332 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26333 Studlify-case the region.
26335 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26337 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26338 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26340 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26342 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26343 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22164 57535
26350 ;;;;;; 575192 607000))
26351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26353 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26355 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26356 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26358 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26359 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26361 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26362 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26363 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26364 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26366 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26367 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26368 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26370 Nomenclature Subwords
26371 ===========================================================
26372 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26373 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26374 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26376 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26377 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26379 \\{subword-mode-map}
26381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26383 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26384 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26385 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26387 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26388 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26390 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26392 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26393 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26394 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26395 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26396 ARG is omitted or nil.
26398 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26399 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26400 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26402 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26404 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26405 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26406 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26407 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26408 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26410 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26411 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26412 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26413 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26415 \\{superword-mode-map}
26417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26419 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26420 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26421 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26422 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26423 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26424 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26426 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26428 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26429 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26430 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26431 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26432 ARG is omitted or nil.
26434 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26435 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26436 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22164 57534
26443 ;;;;;; 843192 607000))
26444 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26446 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26447 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26448 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26449 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26450 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26451 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26452 original message but it does require a few things:
26454 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26456 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26459 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26460 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26463 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26465 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26467 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26468 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26469 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22211 1352 328084 927000))
26476 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26478 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26480 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26481 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26482 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26483 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26484 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26485 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26487 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26489 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26490 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26492 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26493 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26495 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26496 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26497 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26499 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26500 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26501 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26503 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22164 57535 763192 607000))
26508 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26510 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26511 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26512 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26515 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26516 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26517 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26519 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26521 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26522 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26523 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26524 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26525 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26528 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26529 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26530 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26532 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22189 60739 301741
26538 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26540 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26541 Insert an editable text table.
26542 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26543 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26544 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26545 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26546 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26547 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26552 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26554 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26559 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26560 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26561 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26562 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26565 +-----+-----+-----+
26567 +-----+-----+-----+
26569 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26571 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26572 width, which results as
26574 +--------------+-----+-----+
26576 +--------------+-----+-----+
26578 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26579 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26581 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26583 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26585 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26586 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26587 width information to `table-insert'.
26589 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26595 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26598 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26599 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26601 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26604 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26606 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26608 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26611 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26614 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26616 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26618 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26621 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26624 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26627 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26628 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26629 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26631 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26634 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26637 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26640 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26642 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26645 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26648 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26649 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26650 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26651 | | |expected results.-!- |
26652 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26655 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26657 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26661 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26663 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26664 Insert N table row(s).
26665 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26666 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26667 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26668 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26672 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26673 Insert N table column(s).
26674 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26675 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26676 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26677 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26681 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26682 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26683 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26685 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26687 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26688 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26689 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26690 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26691 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26692 all the table specific features.
26694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26696 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26701 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26702 Recognize all tables within region.
26703 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26704 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26705 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26708 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26710 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26713 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26715 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26716 Recognize a table at point.
26717 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26718 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26719 the table specific features.
26721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26723 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26728 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26729 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26730 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26731 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26732 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26733 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26734 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26736 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26738 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26743 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26744 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26745 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26746 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26747 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26748 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26751 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26753 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26754 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26755 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26756 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26757 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26758 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26759 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26764 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26765 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26766 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26767 table's rectangle structure.
26769 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26771 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26772 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26773 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26774 table's rectangle structure.
26778 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26779 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26780 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26781 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26782 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26784 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26786 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26787 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26788 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26790 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26791 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26792 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26793 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26794 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26795 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26796 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26798 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26799 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26800 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26801 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26802 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26803 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26804 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26806 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26807 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26808 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26809 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26810 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26811 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26812 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26813 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26815 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26817 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26818 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26819 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26820 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26824 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26825 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26826 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26828 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26830 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26831 Split current cell vertically.
26832 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26836 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26837 Split current cell horizontally.
26838 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26842 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26843 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26844 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26846 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26849 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26850 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26851 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26853 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26855 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26856 Justify cell contents.
26857 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26858 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26859 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26860 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26862 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26864 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26865 Justify cells of a row.
26866 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26867 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26869 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26871 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26872 Justify cells of a column.
26873 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26874 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26876 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26878 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26879 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26880 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26881 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26882 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26883 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26884 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26885 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26890 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26891 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26892 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26893 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26894 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26895 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26896 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26897 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26898 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26899 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26900 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26902 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26904 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26905 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26906 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26907 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
26908 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26909 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26910 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26911 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26912 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26913 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26914 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26915 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26918 References used for this implementation:
26921 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26924 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26926 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26927 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26928 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26930 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26932 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26933 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26934 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26935 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26936 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26937 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26938 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26939 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26940 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26941 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26942 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26943 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26944 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26945 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26946 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26947 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26948 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26953 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26954 (table-forward-cell 15)
26955 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26956 (table-forward-cell 16)
26957 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26958 (table-forward-cell 1)
26959 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26962 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26963 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26964 (table-forward-cell 1)
26965 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26967 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26969 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26970 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26971 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26972 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26973 consists from cells of same height.
26977 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26978 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26979 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26980 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26981 column must consists from cells of same width.
26985 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26986 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26987 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26988 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26989 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26990 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26991 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26992 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26993 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26994 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26995 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26996 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
26997 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26998 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26999 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27008 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27009 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27010 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27013 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27015 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27017 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27019 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27023 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27024 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27025 of each row is optional.
27030 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27031 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27032 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27033 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27034 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27036 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27037 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27039 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27040 expression and raw delimiter regular
27041 expression, it parses the specified text
27042 area and extracts cell items from
27043 non-table text and then forms a table out
27046 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27047 creates a single cell table. The text in
27048 the specified region is placed in that
27051 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27054 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27055 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27056 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27058 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27059 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27060 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27061 | area and extracts cell items from |
27062 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27065 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27066 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27067 | the specified region is placed in that |
27069 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27071 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27072 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27075 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27076 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27077 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27078 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27079 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27080 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27081 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27082 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27083 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27085 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27086 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27087 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27088 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27090 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27092 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27093 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27094 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27096 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27098 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27099 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27100 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27101 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27102 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22164 57535 763192 607000))
27109 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27111 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27112 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27114 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27116 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27117 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22164 57535 775192
27125 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27127 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27128 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27129 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27130 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27131 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27132 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27133 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27135 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27136 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27137 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27138 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27140 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22164 57535 575192
27149 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27151 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27152 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27153 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27154 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27155 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27156 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27158 Variables controlling indentation style:
27160 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27161 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27162 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27164 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27165 documentation for details):
27166 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27167 Controls action of TAB key.
27169 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27170 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27171 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27172 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27173 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27175 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27176 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27181 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27182 Run inferior Tcl process.
27183 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27184 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27188 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27189 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27190 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27192 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22164 57534 987192
27198 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27200 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27201 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27202 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27203 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27205 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27206 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27207 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27208 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27209 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27211 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27213 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27214 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27215 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27216 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22221 37190 84505 663000))
27223 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27225 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27226 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27227 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27228 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27229 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27230 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27232 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27234 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27235 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27236 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27237 commands to use in that buffer.
27239 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27241 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27243 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27244 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27246 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27248 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27249 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27250 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27251 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27252 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27253 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27254 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27255 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27256 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27257 use in that buffer.
27258 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27260 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22164
27265 ;;;;;; 57534 215192 607000))
27266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27268 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27269 Start coverage on function under point.
27275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22195 13278 247727
27277 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27278 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27280 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27281 Play the Tetris game.
27282 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27283 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27284 as to form complete rows.
27286 tetris-mode keybindings:
27287 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27288 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27289 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27290 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27291 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27292 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27293 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27294 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27295 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22164 57535
27302 ;;;;;; 823192 607000))
27303 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27305 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27306 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27308 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27310 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27311 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27312 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27313 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27314 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27316 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27318 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27319 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27320 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27321 if it matches the first line of the file,
27322 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27324 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27326 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27327 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27328 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27329 if the variable is non-nil.")
27331 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27333 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27334 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27336 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27338 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27339 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27340 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27341 See the documentation of that variable.")
27343 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27345 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27346 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27347 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27348 See the documentation of that variable.")
27350 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27352 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27353 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27354 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27355 See the documentation of that variable.")
27357 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27359 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27360 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27361 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27362 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27363 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27365 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27367 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27368 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27369 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27370 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27372 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27374 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27375 User defined LaTeX block names.
27376 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27378 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27380 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27381 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27382 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27383 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27385 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27387 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27388 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27389 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27390 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27392 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27394 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27395 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27396 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27397 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27399 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27400 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27403 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27404 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27406 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27409 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27411 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27412 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27413 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27414 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27415 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27417 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27419 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27421 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27422 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27423 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27425 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27427 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27428 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27429 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27430 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27431 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27433 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27435 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27436 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27438 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27440 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27441 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27443 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27445 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27446 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27447 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27448 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27449 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27450 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27451 says which mode to use.
27455 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27457 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27459 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27461 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27462 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27463 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27464 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27465 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27467 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27468 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27469 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27470 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27471 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27472 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27473 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27475 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27476 mismatched $'s or braces.
27479 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27483 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27485 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27486 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27487 tex-dvi-print-command
27488 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27489 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27490 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27491 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27492 tex-dvi-view-command
27493 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27494 tex-show-queue-command
27495 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27496 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27498 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27499 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27500 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27504 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27505 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27506 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27507 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27508 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27510 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27511 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27512 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27513 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27514 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27515 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27516 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27518 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27519 mismatched $'s or braces.
27526 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27528 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27529 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27530 tex-dvi-print-command
27531 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27532 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27533 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27534 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27535 tex-dvi-view-command
27536 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27537 tex-show-queue-command
27538 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27539 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27541 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27542 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27543 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27547 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27548 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27549 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27550 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27551 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27553 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27554 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27555 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27556 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27557 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27558 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27559 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27561 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27562 mismatched $'s or braces.
27565 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27569 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27571 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27572 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27573 tex-dvi-print-command
27574 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27575 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27576 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27577 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27578 tex-dvi-view-command
27579 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27580 tex-show-queue-command
27581 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27582 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27584 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27585 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27586 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27587 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27591 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27596 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27597 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22164 57535
27604 ;;;;;; 827192 607000))
27605 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27607 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27608 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27609 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27610 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27612 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27613 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27614 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27616 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27618 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27619 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27620 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27621 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27622 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27624 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27626 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27627 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27628 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27629 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27631 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27632 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27633 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27634 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27636 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27637 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27639 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22221 37190
27644 ;;;;;; 88505 663000))
27645 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27647 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27648 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27650 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27652 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27653 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27655 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27657 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27658 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27660 It has these extra commands:
27661 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27663 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27664 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27665 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27666 modified version of TeX input format.
27668 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27669 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27670 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27671 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27673 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27674 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27675 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27676 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27677 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27678 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27679 in the Texinfo file.
27681 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27682 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27683 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27684 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27685 move forward past the closing brace.
27687 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27688 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27690 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27691 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27692 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27694 Here are the functions:
27696 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27697 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27698 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27700 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27701 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27702 texinfo-master-menu
27704 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27706 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27707 which menu descriptions are indented.
27709 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27710 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27713 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27714 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27715 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27716 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27718 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27719 be the first node in the file.
27721 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27722 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22164
27729 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
27730 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27732 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27733 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27734 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27735 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27737 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27739 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27740 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27742 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27744 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27745 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27749 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27752 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22174 6972 812792
27758 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27760 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27761 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27762 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27763 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27764 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27765 `line', and `page'.
27767 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27769 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27770 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27771 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27772 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27773 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27774 `line', and `page'.
27776 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27779 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27780 positions of the thing found.
27782 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27784 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27785 Return the THING at point.
27786 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27787 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27788 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27789 `line', `number', and `page'.
27791 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27792 strip text properties from the return value.
27794 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27795 a symbol as a valid THING.
27797 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27799 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27800 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27804 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27805 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27809 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27810 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27814 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27815 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22164 57535 827192 607000))
27822 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27824 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27825 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27829 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27830 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27831 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27832 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27834 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27836 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27837 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27841 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27842 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27846 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27848 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27849 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22164 57534
27856 ;;;;;; 215192 607000))
27857 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27858 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22164
27863 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
27864 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27866 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27867 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27868 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27872 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27873 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27875 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27877 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27878 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27879 The returned string has no composition information.
27881 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27883 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27884 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27886 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27888 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27889 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27891 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27893 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27894 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27895 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27896 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27898 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27900 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27901 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27902 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27903 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27905 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27907 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27908 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27909 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27913 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27914 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27915 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27919 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27922 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27924 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27927 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27929 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27932 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22174 6972
27937 ;;;;;; 804792 520000))
27938 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27939 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27941 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27942 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27943 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27944 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27946 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27947 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27948 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27950 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27952 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27953 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27954 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27955 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27957 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27958 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27959 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27961 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27963 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27964 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27967 * character before point is a space character,
27968 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27970 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27971 characters) from before the space character, and
27972 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27973 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27977 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27978 * character before point is a space character, and
27979 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27980 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27981 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27983 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27987 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27988 Adds electric behavior to space character.
27990 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27991 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27992 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27993 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27995 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27996 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27997 variable will be set to the representation.
27999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22164 57535 831192 607000))
28004 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28006 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28007 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28009 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28010 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28012 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28013 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28014 This display updates automatically every minute.
28015 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28016 are displayed as well.
28017 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28021 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28022 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28023 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28024 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28025 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28026 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28028 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28030 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28031 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28032 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28033 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28034 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28036 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28037 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28038 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28039 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28040 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28042 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28044 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28045 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28046 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28047 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28051 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28052 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28053 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28054 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28056 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28058 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28059 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22164
28066 ;;;;;; 57533 859192 607000))
28067 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28069 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28070 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28071 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28073 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28074 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28075 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28076 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28077 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28078 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28080 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28081 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28083 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28085 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28086 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28088 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28090 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28091 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28092 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28094 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28096 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28097 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28098 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28099 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28101 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28102 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28103 DATE should be a date-time string.
28105 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28107 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28108 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28109 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28111 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28113 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28114 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28116 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28118 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28119 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28121 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28123 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28124 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28125 TIME should be a time value.
28126 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28128 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28130 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28131 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28132 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28134 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28136 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28137 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28138 The valid format specifiers are:
28139 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28140 %d is the number of days.
28141 %h is the number of hours.
28142 %m is the number of minutes.
28143 %s is the number of seconds.
28144 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28145 %% is a literal \"%\".
28147 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28148 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28150 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28151 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28152 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28154 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28155 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28156 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28158 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28160 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28162 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28163 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28165 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22220 16330 899423
28171 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28172 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28173 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28174 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28175 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28176 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28177 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28178 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28179 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28181 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28182 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28183 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28184 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28185 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28186 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28187 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28188 look like one of the following:
28191 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28192 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28193 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28194 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28195 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28196 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28197 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28202 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28203 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28204 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22164
28211 ;;;;;; 57533 883192 607000))
28212 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28213 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28215 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28216 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28217 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28218 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28219 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28220 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28222 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28224 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28225 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28226 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28227 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28228 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28229 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28230 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28231 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28232 display (non-nil means on).
28234 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28236 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28237 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28238 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28239 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28240 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28241 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28242 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28243 this function is called within a day.
28245 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28246 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28247 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28248 discover the name of the project.
28250 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28252 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28253 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28254 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28255 begun during the last time segment.
28257 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28258 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28259 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28260 discover the reason.
28262 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28264 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28265 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28266 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28267 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28268 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28270 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28272 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28273 Change to working on a different project.
28274 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28275 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28276 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28279 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28281 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28282 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28283 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28287 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28288 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28289 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28293 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28294 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28295 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28296 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28297 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28298 \"relative to today\".
28300 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28302 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28303 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28304 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28305 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28307 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28309 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28310 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28311 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28312 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28313 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28314 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28316 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" t)
28321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
28323 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
28324 List all timers in a buffer.
28326 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
28327 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
28331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28332 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 755192 607000))
28333 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28335 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28336 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28337 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28338 the generated Quail package is saved.
28340 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28342 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28343 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28344 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28345 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28346 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28347 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28348 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28350 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22164 57535 831192 607000))
28355 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28356 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28357 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28359 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28360 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28361 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28362 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28363 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28365 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28366 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28367 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28369 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28371 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28372 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28373 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28374 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28375 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28377 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28379 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28380 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28381 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28382 in the menu in two ways:
28383 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28384 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28385 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28387 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28388 keymap or an alist of alists.
28389 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28390 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28392 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22220
28397 ;;;;;; 16330 595423 271000))
28398 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28400 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28401 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28403 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28404 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28405 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28406 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28407 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28408 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28409 file was last visited.
28411 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28412 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28413 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28414 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28415 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28416 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28417 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28418 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28419 for the first item.
28421 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28422 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28423 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28424 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28425 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28426 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28427 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28428 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28430 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28431 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28432 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28433 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28434 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28436 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28437 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28439 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28441 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28442 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28448 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28449 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28451 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28455 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28456 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28458 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22164 57535 831192
28466 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28468 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28469 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28470 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28474 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28475 Add an item to the tool bar.
28476 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28477 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28478 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28479 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28481 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28482 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28483 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28484 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28486 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28487 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28489 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28491 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28492 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28493 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28494 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28495 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28496 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28498 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28499 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28500 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28501 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28503 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28505 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28506 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28507 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28508 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28509 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28510 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28511 properties to add to the binding.
28513 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28515 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28516 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28518 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28520 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28521 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28522 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28523 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28524 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28525 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28526 properties to add to the binding.
28528 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28531 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22164 57534 215192
28537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28539 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28540 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28541 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28542 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28543 to a tcp server on another machine.
28545 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22164 57534
28550 ;;;;;; 215192 607000))
28551 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28553 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28554 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28556 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28558 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28559 Helper function to get internal values.
28560 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28562 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28564 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28565 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28566 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28567 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28569 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28570 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28571 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28572 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28573 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28575 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28576 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28577 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28578 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28580 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28582 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28584 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28585 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28586 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28587 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28589 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28591 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22191 16060 585822
28597 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28599 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28600 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28601 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28603 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28605 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
28606 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28608 It can have the following values:
28610 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
28611 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
28613 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28615 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28616 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28617 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28619 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28621 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28622 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28623 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28625 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28626 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28627 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28628 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28629 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28630 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28631 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28632 files which are not really Tramp files.
28634 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28635 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28636 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28637 updated after changing this variable.
28639 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28641 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28642 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28643 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28645 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28647 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28648 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28649 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28651 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28652 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28653 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28655 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28656 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28657 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28658 updated after changing this variable.
28660 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28662 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28663 Alist of completion handler functions.
28664 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28665 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28666 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28668 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28669 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28670 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28671 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28673 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28674 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28675 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28677 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28678 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28680 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28681 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28683 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28685 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28690 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28691 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28693 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28695 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28696 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28698 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28700 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28701 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22168 54586
28708 ;;;;;; 890696 972000))
28709 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28711 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22168 54586 978696
28720 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28721 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 0 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
28725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22164 57535 831192
28727 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28729 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28730 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28731 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28732 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28733 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28734 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28735 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28736 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28738 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28739 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28740 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28742 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28743 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28746 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28751 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28752 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28754 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28757 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22164
28762 ;;;;;; 57535 827192 607000))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28764 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28765 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28766 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28768 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28769 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28770 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28771 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28772 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28773 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28774 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28776 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28778 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28779 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28780 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28781 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28783 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28787 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28788 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28789 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28790 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28791 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28792 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28793 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28795 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28796 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28798 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28801 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28803 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22195 13278 467727
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28813 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28814 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28815 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28817 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28818 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28820 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28822 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28823 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28824 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28826 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28827 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28828 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28829 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28830 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28831 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28832 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28834 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28835 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28837 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28838 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28839 reset the keystroke counter.
28841 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28842 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28843 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28844 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28846 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28847 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28848 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28849 `type-break-schedule' command.
28851 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28852 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28853 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28854 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28855 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28856 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28857 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28858 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28859 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28861 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28862 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28863 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28864 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28865 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28867 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28868 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28869 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28870 approximate good values for this.
28872 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28873 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28875 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28876 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28877 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28878 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28879 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28880 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28882 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28883 a typing break occur. They include:
28885 `type-break-query-mode'
28886 `type-break-query-function'
28887 `type-break-query-interval'
28889 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28891 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28892 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28893 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28898 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28899 Take a typing break.
28901 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28902 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28904 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28905 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28909 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28910 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28911 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28912 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28916 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28917 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28919 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28920 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28921 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28922 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28923 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28924 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28925 average typing speed.)
28927 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28928 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28929 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28930 the computed maximum threshold.
28932 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28933 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28934 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28935 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28936 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28938 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22164 57534 843192 607000))
28943 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28945 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28946 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28947 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28948 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28949 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28951 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28956 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 755192 607000))
28957 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28959 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28960 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28962 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28964 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28965 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28967 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28969 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28970 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28972 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28974 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28975 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28977 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28979 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28980 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28982 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28984 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28985 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28987 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28989 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28990 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28992 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28994 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28995 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28997 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28999 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29000 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29002 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29004 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29005 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29007 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29009 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29010 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29012 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29014 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29015 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29017 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22164
29022 ;;;;;; 57535 827192 607000))
29023 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29025 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29026 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29027 Works by overstriking underscores.
29028 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29029 which specify the range to operate on.
29031 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29033 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29034 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29035 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29036 which specify the range to operate on.
29038 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22164 57534 843192
29044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29046 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29047 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29048 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29049 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29050 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29051 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29055 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29056 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29057 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29059 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22164 57534
29064 ;;;;;; 215192 607000))
29065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29067 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29068 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29069 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29070 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29072 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22164 57535 839192 607000))
29077 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29079 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29080 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29081 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29082 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29083 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29085 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29086 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29087 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29088 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29089 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29090 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29092 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29093 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29094 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29096 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29097 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29098 the callback is not called).
29100 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29101 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29102 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29105 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29106 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29108 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29109 URL-encoded before it's used.
29111 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29113 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29114 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29115 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29116 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29117 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29119 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22164 57535 835192
29125 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29127 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29128 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29129 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29131 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29132 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29133 `url-generic-parse-url'
29134 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29135 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29136 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29138 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29139 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29140 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29141 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29142 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29143 what type of auth to use
29144 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29145 if one cannot be found in the cache
29147 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29149 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29150 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29152 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29153 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29154 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29155 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29156 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29157 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29158 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29159 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29161 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22164 57535
29166 ;;;;;; 835192 607000))
29167 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29169 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29170 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29172 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29174 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29175 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29176 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29178 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29180 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29181 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29183 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22164 57535 835192
29189 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29191 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29194 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22164 57535 835192
29200 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29202 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29203 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29204 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29206 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29208 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29209 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29210 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29211 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29213 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29214 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29215 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29218 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29220 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29221 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29222 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29224 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29226 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29229 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22164 57535 835192
29235 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29237 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29238 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29240 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22218 60997 164333
29246 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29248 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29249 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29253 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29254 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29255 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29256 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29257 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29259 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29260 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29262 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22164
29267 ;;;;;; 57535 835192 607000))
29268 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29270 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29271 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29272 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29274 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29275 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29277 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29279 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29280 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29281 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29282 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29283 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29287 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29288 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29289 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29290 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29292 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29294 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29295 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29296 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29297 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29298 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29299 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29300 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29301 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29302 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29303 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29305 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29307 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29308 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29309 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29312 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29314 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29315 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29316 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29317 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29319 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29321 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29324 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" t)
29329 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29330 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29332 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29333 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29334 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29335 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29336 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22164 57535 839192
29342 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29344 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29347 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22164 57535 839192
29353 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29355 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29356 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29357 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29358 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29359 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22164 57535
29366 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
29367 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29369 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29372 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29374 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29375 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29377 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22164 57535 839192
29383 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29385 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29386 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29388 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29390 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29391 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29393 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29395 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29398 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29400 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29402 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29404 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29406 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29407 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29409 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22164 57535 839192
29415 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29417 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29420 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29422 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29425 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22164 57535 839192
29431 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29433 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29436 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29438 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29441 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29443 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29446 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29448 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29451 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29453 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29456 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29458 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29461 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29463 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29466 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22164 57535
29471 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
29472 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29474 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29475 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29477 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29479 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29480 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29481 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29483 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29484 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29485 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29486 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29487 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29488 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29489 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29490 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29491 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29492 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29493 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29494 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29495 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29496 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29498 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29499 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29500 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29502 Here is an example. The URL
29504 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29510 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29511 HOST = \"example.com\"
29513 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29518 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22164 57535
29523 ;;;;;; 839192 607000))
29524 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29526 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29527 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22200 31055
29534 ;;;;;; 590669 23000))
29535 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29537 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29538 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29539 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29540 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29541 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29542 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29544 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22174 6972
29549 ;;;;;; 820792 520000))
29550 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29552 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29553 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29554 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29556 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29558 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29559 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29560 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29561 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29563 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22164 57535 839192
29569 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29571 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29572 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29573 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29575 If t, all messages will be logged.
29576 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29577 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29579 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29581 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29584 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29586 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29589 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29591 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29592 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29593 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29594 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29595 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29601 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29603 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29604 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29605 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29607 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29609 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29610 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29611 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29613 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29615 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29616 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29618 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29620 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29621 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29625 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29626 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29630 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29633 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29635 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29638 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29640 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29642 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29643 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29645 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29647 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29648 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29650 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29652 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29655 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29657 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29658 Build a query-string.
29660 Given a QUERY in the form:
29667 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29669 This will return a string
29670 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29671 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29674 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29676 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29677 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29679 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29681 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29682 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29683 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29684 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29685 forbidden in URL encoding.
29687 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29689 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29690 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29691 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29692 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29693 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29694 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29696 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29697 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29698 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29699 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29701 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29703 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29704 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29705 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29706 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29707 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29708 should return it unchanged.
29710 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29712 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29713 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29714 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29715 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29717 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29719 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29720 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29721 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29723 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29725 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29726 View the current document's URL.
29727 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29730 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29732 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22164 57535 839192
29738 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29740 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29741 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29742 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29743 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29744 to refrain from editing the file
29745 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29746 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29747 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29748 in any way you like.
29750 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29752 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29753 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29754 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29755 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29756 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29758 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29759 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22164 57534
29766 ;;;;;; 755192 607000))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29769 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29772 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29774 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29777 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29779 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29782 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29784 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29787 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (22221 37189
29792 ;;;;;; 924505 663000))
29793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
29795 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29796 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29798 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22164 57534
29803 ;;;;;; 843192 607000))
29804 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29806 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29807 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29808 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29809 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29811 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29813 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29814 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29815 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29817 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29819 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29820 Uudecode region between START and END.
29821 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29823 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22164 57535 887192 607000))
29828 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29830 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29831 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29834 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29836 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29837 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29838 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29840 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29842 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29843 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29846 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29848 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29849 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29851 If FILE is already registered, return the
29852 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29853 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29854 responsible for FILE is returned.
29856 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29858 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29859 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29860 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29861 same state. If not, signal an error.
29863 For merging-based version control systems:
29864 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29865 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29866 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29867 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29868 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29869 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29871 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29872 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29873 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29874 the file(s) for editing.
29875 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29876 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29877 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29878 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29879 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29881 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29883 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29884 Register into a version control system.
29885 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29886 Otherwise register the current file.
29887 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29889 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29890 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29891 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29892 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29893 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29894 first backend that could register the file is used.
29896 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29898 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29899 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29901 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29903 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29904 Display diffs between file revisions.
29905 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29906 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29907 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29909 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29912 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29914 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29915 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29916 repository history using ediff.
29918 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29920 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29921 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29922 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29923 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29924 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29926 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29929 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29931 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29932 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29933 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29934 fileset with the working revision.
29935 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29936 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29938 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29941 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29943 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29944 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29945 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29949 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29950 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29951 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29952 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29956 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29957 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29958 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29959 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29963 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29964 Perform a version control merge operation.
29965 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29966 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29967 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29968 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29970 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29971 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29972 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29973 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29974 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29975 changes from the current branch.
29979 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
29980 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
29982 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
29984 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29986 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29987 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29988 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29989 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29990 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29991 checked out in that new branch.
29993 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29995 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29996 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29997 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29998 named branch in the directory DIR.
29999 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30000 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30001 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30002 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30003 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30004 allowed and simply skipped).
30006 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30008 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30009 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30010 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30011 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30012 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30014 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30015 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30017 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30019 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30020 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30021 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30022 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30023 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30025 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30027 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30028 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30029 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30031 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30033 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30034 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30035 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30037 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30039 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30040 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30042 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30044 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30045 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30046 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30047 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30051 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30053 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30054 Update the current fileset or branch.
30055 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30056 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30057 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30058 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30061 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30062 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30063 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30064 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30065 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30069 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30071 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30072 Push the current branch.
30073 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30074 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30075 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30076 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30077 VCS command to run.
30079 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30080 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30084 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30085 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30086 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30087 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30088 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30089 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30090 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30092 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30094 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30095 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30096 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30097 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30098 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30099 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30100 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30101 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30102 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30104 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30106 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30107 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30108 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30109 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30113 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30114 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30115 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30116 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30118 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30120 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30121 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30122 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30125 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30127 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30128 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30129 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30131 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30132 log entries should be gathered.
30134 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30136 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30137 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30139 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22164 57535
30144 ;;;;;; 863192 607000))
30145 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30147 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30148 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30150 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30151 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30152 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30153 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30154 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30155 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30157 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30158 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30159 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30160 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30161 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30162 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30163 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30164 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30166 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30168 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30170 Customization variables:
30172 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30173 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30174 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30175 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30176 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30177 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30179 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22164 57535 863192
30185 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30187 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30188 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30190 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30191 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30192 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30193 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30195 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30196 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22164 57535 863192
30202 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30203 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30204 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30205 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30206 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30207 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30208 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22164 57535 867192
30214 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30216 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30217 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30218 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30219 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30220 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30222 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30223 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30224 The file lines appear later.
30226 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30227 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30229 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30231 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30233 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22164
30238 ;;;;;; 57535 867192 607000))
30239 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30241 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30242 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30243 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30244 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30245 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30246 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30247 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30248 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30249 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30250 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30251 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30252 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30253 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30254 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30255 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30257 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22226 55133 180211
30263 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30264 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30265 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30266 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30268 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30269 (vc-git-registered file))))
30273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22201 51907 668435 567000))
30274 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30275 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30276 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30277 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30279 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30280 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22189 60739 313741
30286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30288 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30289 Name of the monotone directory.")
30291 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30292 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30293 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30294 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30296 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30297 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22164 57535 883192
30303 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30305 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30306 Where to look for RCS master files.
30307 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30309 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30311 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22164 57535 883192
30317 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30319 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30320 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30321 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30323 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30325 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30327 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30328 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30329 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30330 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22164 57535 883192
30336 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30338 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30339 Where to look for SRC master files.
30340 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30342 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30344 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22164 57535 887192
30350 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30351 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30352 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30353 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30356 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30357 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30358 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22164
30363 ;;;;;; 57535 579192 607000))
30364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30365 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30366 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30368 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30369 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30374 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30375 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30376 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30377 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30379 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30380 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30381 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30384 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30385 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30387 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30388 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30390 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30391 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30392 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30394 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30400 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30401 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30403 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30405 Official distribution is at
30406 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30409 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30410 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30422 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 607192 607000))
30423 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30425 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30426 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30427 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30428 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30429 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30431 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30433 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30434 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30436 Supports highlighting.
30438 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30439 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30441 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30443 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30444 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30445 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30446 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30447 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30448 on the left side of your screen.
30449 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30450 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30451 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30452 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30453 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30454 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30456 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30457 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30458 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30459 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30462 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30463 Indentation for case statements.
30464 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30465 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30467 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30468 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30469 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30470 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30471 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30472 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30473 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30474 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30475 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30477 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30481 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30482 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30483 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30484 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30485 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30486 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30487 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30488 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30489 comments in tight quarters.
30490 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30491 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30493 Variables controlling other actions:
30495 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30496 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30497 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30499 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30501 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30503 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30504 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30505 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30507 Some other functions are:
30509 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30510 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30511 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30512 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30513 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30515 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30516 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30517 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30518 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30520 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30521 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30522 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30523 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30524 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30525 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30526 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30527 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30528 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30529 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30530 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30531 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30532 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30533 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30534 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30535 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30536 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30537 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30538 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30539 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30540 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30541 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30542 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30543 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30544 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30545 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30546 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30547 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30548 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30549 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30550 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30552 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30553 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30555 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22189
30562 ;;;;;; 60739 197741 19000))
30563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30565 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30566 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30571 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30572 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30573 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30574 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30575 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30576 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30577 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30578 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30579 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30581 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30582 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30583 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30584 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30586 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30587 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30588 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30589 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30590 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30592 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30593 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30597 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30598 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30599 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30603 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30604 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30605 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30606 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30608 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30609 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30610 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30611 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30612 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30616 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30617 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30618 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30619 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30621 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30622 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30623 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30624 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30625 beginning with \"std\").
30627 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30628 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30629 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30634 `--' puts a single comment.
30635 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30636 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30637 with a comment in between.
30638 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30639 out following lines.
30640 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30641 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30642 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30643 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30645 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30646 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30647 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30648 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30649 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30652 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30653 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30654 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30655 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30656 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30657 multi-line comments.
30661 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30662 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30663 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30664 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30667 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30668 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30669 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30670 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30672 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30673 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30674 tabs and vice versa.
30676 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30677 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30679 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30680 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30685 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30686 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30687 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30688 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30689 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30690 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30691 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30692 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30694 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30695 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30696 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30697 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30698 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30701 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30702 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30703 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30705 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30706 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30710 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30711 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30712 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30713 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30714 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30715 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30718 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30719 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30720 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30721 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30724 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30728 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30729 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30730 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30731 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30732 internal signal initializations (menu).
30734 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30735 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30736 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30738 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30739 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30740 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30741 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30742 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30743 in subsequent paste operations.)
30745 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30746 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30747 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30750 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30751 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30752 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30753 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30754 association list with formals).
30757 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30758 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30759 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30760 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30761 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30762 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30763 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30764 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30769 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30773 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30777 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30778 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30779 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30781 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30782 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30785 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30786 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30787 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30788 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30790 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30791 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30792 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30794 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30795 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30796 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30797 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30799 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30800 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30801 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30802 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30803 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30805 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30806 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30807 required by secondary units.
30810 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30811 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30812 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30813 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30814 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30815 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30816 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30817 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30818 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30819 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30820 inputs to this component -> input port created
30821 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30822 outputs from this component -> output port created
30823 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30824 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30826 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30827 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30828 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30829 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30830 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30832 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30833 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30835 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30836 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30837 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30838 component instantiation is also supported (option
30839 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30841 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30842 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30843 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30844 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30845 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30846 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30847 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30848 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30849 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30850 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30851 generating the configuration.
30853 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30854 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30855 configurations in speedbar.
30857 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30860 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30861 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30862 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30863 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30864 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30865 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30866 information. New compilers can be added.
30868 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30869 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30872 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30873 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30874 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30875 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30876 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30878 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30881 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30882 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30883 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30885 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30886 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30887 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30888 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30889 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30890 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30891 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30892 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30893 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30896 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30897 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30898 not (yet) supported.
30899 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30900 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30901 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30905 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30906 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30907 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30908 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30909 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30910 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30911 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30912 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30914 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30915 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30916 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30917 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30918 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30919 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30920 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30921 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30922 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30923 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30924 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30928 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30929 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30930 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30931 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30932 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30933 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30934 current directory for VHDL source files.
30938 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30939 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30943 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30944 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30945 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30946 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30947 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30948 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30949 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30950 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30953 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30954 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30955 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30956 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30957 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30958 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30959 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30961 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30962 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30963 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30964 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30965 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30966 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30968 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30969 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30970 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30971 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30972 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30975 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30976 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30977 highlighted if written in lower case.
30979 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30980 highlighted using a different background color if option
30981 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30983 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30984 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30985 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30986 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30987 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30991 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30992 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30993 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30997 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30998 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30999 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31000 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31001 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31005 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31006 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31008 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31009 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31010 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31011 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31012 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31013 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31014 (used to obtain the port names).
31015 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31016 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31021 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31022 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31026 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31027 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31028 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31029 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31030 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31031 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31032 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31037 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31038 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31039 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31040 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31041 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31043 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31044 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31045 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31046 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31047 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31050 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31051 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31055 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31056 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31057 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31059 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31063 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31064 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31066 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31068 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31070 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31074 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31080 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31081 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31083 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31085 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31086 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31087 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31088 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31090 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31091 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31092 where the latest version can be found.
31098 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31099 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31100 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31101 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31104 The VHDL Mode Authors
31105 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22164
31117 ;;;;;; 57534 787192 607000))
31118 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31120 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31121 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31123 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31125 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31126 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31127 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31128 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31130 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31132 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31133 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31137 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31138 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31139 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31140 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31142 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31144 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31145 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31149 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31152 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31154 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31157 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22164 57535 891192 607000))
31162 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31164 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31165 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31166 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31168 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31170 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31171 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31172 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31173 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31175 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31177 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31178 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31180 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31182 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31183 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31184 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31185 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31186 moving around in the buffer.
31187 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31188 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31190 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31194 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31195 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31196 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31197 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31199 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31200 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31201 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31202 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31203 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31205 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31209 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31210 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31211 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31212 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31215 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31216 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31217 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31218 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31219 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31221 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31225 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31226 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31227 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31228 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31229 moving around in the buffer.
31230 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31231 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31233 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31235 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31236 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31237 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31239 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31240 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31241 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31242 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31244 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31245 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31246 own View-like bindings.
31248 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31250 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31251 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31252 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31253 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31254 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31255 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31256 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31258 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31260 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31262 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31263 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31264 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31266 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31267 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31268 own View-like bindings.
31270 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31272 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31273 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31274 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31275 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31276 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31277 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31278 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31280 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31282 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31284 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31285 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31286 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31288 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31289 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31290 own View-like bindings.
31292 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31294 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31295 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31297 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31298 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31300 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31301 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31302 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31303 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31307 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31308 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31309 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31310 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31311 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31312 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31313 to a repeat count of one.
31315 H, h, ? This message.
31316 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31317 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31318 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31319 > move to the end of buffer.
31320 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31321 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31322 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31323 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31324 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31325 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31326 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31327 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31328 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31329 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31330 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31331 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31332 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31333 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31334 Use this to view a changing file.
31335 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31336 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31337 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31339 x exchanges point and mark.
31340 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31341 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31342 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31343 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31344 ' go to position saved in character register.
31345 s do forward incremental search.
31346 r do reverse incremental search.
31347 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31348 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31349 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31350 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31351 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31352 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31353 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31354 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31355 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31356 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31357 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31358 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31359 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31360 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31361 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31362 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31363 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31365 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31366 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31367 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31368 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31369 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31370 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31371 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31372 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31373 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31375 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31379 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31380 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31381 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31382 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31383 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31384 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31385 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31386 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31387 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31389 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31391 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31393 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31394 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31395 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31396 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31397 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31398 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31400 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31401 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31402 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31404 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31406 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31408 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31410 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31411 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22164 57534 239192
31419 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31420 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31422 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31423 Toggle Viper on/off.
31424 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31428 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31429 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22164
31436 ;;;;;; 57534 215192 607000))
31437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31439 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31440 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31441 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31442 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31443 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31444 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31445 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31446 the beginning of the warning.")
31448 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31449 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31450 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31451 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31452 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31453 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31454 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31455 also call that function before the next warning.")
31457 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31458 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31460 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31461 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31462 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31463 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31465 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31466 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31467 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31468 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31469 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31470 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31472 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31473 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31474 Default is :warning.
31476 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31477 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31478 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31479 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31480 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31481 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31483 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31484 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31485 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31487 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31489 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31490 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31492 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31494 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31495 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31496 \\<special-mode-map>
31497 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31498 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31500 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31501 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31502 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31503 can be whatever you like.)
31505 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31506 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31508 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31509 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31510 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31511 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31512 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31514 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31516 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31517 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31518 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31519 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31520 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31522 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22226 55133 224211 947000))
31527 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31528 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31530 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31531 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31532 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31533 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31534 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31535 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31536 directories to reflect your edits.
31544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22164 57535 31192
31546 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31548 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31549 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31551 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31554 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22164
31562 ;;;;;; 57535 635192 607000))
31563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31564 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31565 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31567 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31569 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31570 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31571 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31574 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31576 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31578 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31579 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31581 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31582 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31584 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31585 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31586 in certain major modes.
31588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22164 57535 899192
31594 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31595 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31597 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31598 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31600 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31601 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31603 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31604 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31608 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31609 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31610 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31611 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31612 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31614 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31615 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31616 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31617 use `whitespace-mode'.
31619 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31623 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31624 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31625 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31626 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31627 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31628 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31630 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31632 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31633 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31635 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31636 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31638 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31639 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31643 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31644 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31645 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31647 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31648 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31650 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31652 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31653 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31654 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31655 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31656 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31658 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31659 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31660 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31661 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31663 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31667 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31668 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31670 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31671 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31673 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31674 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31676 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31680 f toggle face visualization
31681 t toggle TAB visualization
31682 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31683 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31684 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31685 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31686 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31687 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31688 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31689 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31690 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31691 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31692 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31693 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31694 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31695 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31696 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31697 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31699 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31700 T toggle TAB visualization
31701 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31702 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31704 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31705 ? display brief help
31707 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31708 The valid symbols are:
31710 face toggle face visualization
31711 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31712 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31713 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31714 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31715 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31716 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31717 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31718 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31719 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31720 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31721 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31722 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31723 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31724 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31725 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31726 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31727 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31729 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31730 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31731 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31733 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31735 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31739 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31740 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31742 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31743 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31745 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31746 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31748 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31752 f toggle face visualization
31753 t toggle TAB visualization
31754 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31755 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31756 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31757 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31758 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31759 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31760 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31761 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31762 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31763 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31764 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31765 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31766 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31767 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31768 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31769 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31771 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31772 T toggle TAB visualization
31773 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31774 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31776 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31777 ? display brief help
31779 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31780 The valid symbols are:
31782 face toggle face visualization
31783 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31784 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31785 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31786 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31787 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31788 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31789 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31790 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31791 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31792 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31793 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31794 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31795 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31796 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31797 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31798 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31799 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31801 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31802 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31803 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31805 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31807 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31811 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31812 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31814 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31815 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31816 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31817 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31818 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31820 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31822 The problems cleaned up are:
31824 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31825 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31826 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31827 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31829 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31830 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31831 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31832 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31834 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31835 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31836 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31837 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31839 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31840 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31841 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31842 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31843 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31844 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31845 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31846 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31848 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31849 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31850 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31852 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31853 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31854 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31855 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31856 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31857 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31858 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31859 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31861 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31866 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31867 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31869 The problems cleaned up are:
31871 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31872 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31873 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31874 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31876 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31877 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31878 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31879 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31881 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31882 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31883 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31884 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31885 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31886 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31887 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31888 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31890 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31891 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31892 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31894 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31895 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31896 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31897 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31898 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31899 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31900 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31901 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31903 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31906 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31908 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31909 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31911 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31913 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31915 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31916 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31918 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31921 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31922 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31923 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31931 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31932 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31935 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31937 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31938 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31939 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31940 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31941 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31942 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31943 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31945 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31946 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31947 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31948 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31949 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31950 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31951 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31953 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31954 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31955 cleaning up these problems.
31957 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22164 57535 899192
31963 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31965 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31966 Browse the widget under point.
31970 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31971 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31973 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31975 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31976 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31978 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31980 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31981 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31982 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31983 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31984 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22164 57535 915192
31992 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31994 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31995 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31997 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31999 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32000 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32001 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32003 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32005 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32006 Create widget of TYPE.
32007 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32009 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32011 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32014 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32016 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32017 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32019 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32021 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "
\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32022 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32023 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32024 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32026 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32027 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22164 57535 919192
32035 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32037 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32038 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32039 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32040 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32041 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32042 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32043 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32047 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32048 Select the window above the current one.
32049 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32050 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32051 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32052 negative ARG) of the current window.
32053 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32057 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32058 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32059 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32060 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32061 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32062 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32063 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32067 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32068 Select the window below the current one.
32069 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32070 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32071 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32072 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32073 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32077 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32078 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32079 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32080 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32082 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22164 57535 935192 607000))
32087 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32089 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32090 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32091 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32093 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32094 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32096 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32098 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32099 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32100 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32101 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32102 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
32103 \\{winner-mode-map}
32105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22220 16330 963423 271000))
32110 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32111 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32113 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32114 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32115 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32116 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32117 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32119 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32121 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32122 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32123 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32124 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32125 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32126 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32127 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32128 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32130 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32131 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32133 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32135 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32136 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32140 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32141 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32142 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32143 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32144 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32145 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32146 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32147 `woman' command for further details.
32149 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32151 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32152 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32154 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22164 57535 943192 607000))
32159 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32161 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32162 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32163 Return the top node with all its children.
32164 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32166 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32167 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32168 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32170 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32172 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32173 namespace to URIs instead.
32175 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32176 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32178 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32180 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32182 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32184 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32185 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32186 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32187 not contain well-formed XML.
32189 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32190 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32191 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32192 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32193 element of the list.
32194 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32195 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32196 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32198 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32200 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32201 namespace to URIs instead.
32203 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32204 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32206 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32208 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32210 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22171 30780 172984
32216 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32218 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32219 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32220 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32221 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32222 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32223 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32224 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32225 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32226 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32227 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32229 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22220 16330 839423
32235 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32237 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32242 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32243 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32247 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32248 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32252 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32253 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32254 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32257 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32258 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32259 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32260 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32262 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32264 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32265 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32267 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32269 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32270 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32272 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32274 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32275 Find references to the identifier at point.
32276 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32278 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32280 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32281 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32282 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32284 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32285 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32286 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32287 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32288 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32289 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32290 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32292 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32293 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32294 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32295 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32297 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22164 57535 947192
32303 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32305 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32306 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32307 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32308 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32309 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32310 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32312 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32314 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32315 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32316 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32317 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32318 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32320 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32321 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32322 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32323 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32324 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32325 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22195 13278 495727
32333 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32335 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32336 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32337 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32338 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32340 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (22221 37189 964505 663000))
32345 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
32347 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32348 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32350 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32352 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32353 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22164 57535 307192 607000))
32360 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32362 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32363 Zone out, completely.
32369 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32403 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32404 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32405 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32406 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-loaddefs.el" "dired-x.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "dom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "ibuffer-loaddefs.el" "image/compface.el" "international/charscript.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/rfc1843.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-brackets.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "mail/ietf-drums.el" "mail/mail-parse.el" "mail/mail-prsvr.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2045.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2047.el" "mail/rfc2231.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mailcap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/puny.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/sieve-manage.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "ps-samp.el" "registry.el" "rtree.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "svg.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") t)
32589 (provide 'loaddefs)
32590 ;; Local Variables:
32591 ;; version-control: never
32592 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32593 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32596 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here